User Guide

Xerox C315V/DNIUK User Manual

Displayed below is the user manual for C315V/DNIUK by Xerox which is a product in the Multifunctionals category. This manual has pages.

Related Manuals

Xerox C315V/DNI Manual

Xerox B235V/DNIUK Manual

Xerox B310V/DNIUK Manual

Xerox C235V/DNIUK Manual

Xerox C230V/DNIUK Manual

Xerox B230V/DNIUK Manual

Xerox B305V/DNIUK Manual

Xerox B315V/DNIUK Manual

VERSION 2.1

AUGUST 2022

702P08898

Xerox®C315 Color

Multifunction Printer

User Guide

other countries.

Adobe®, Adobe PDF logo, Adobe®Reader®, Adobe®Type Manager®, ATM™, Flash®, Macromedia®, Photoshop®, and

PostScript®are trademarks or registered trademarks of Adobe Systems, Inc.

Apple®, Bonjour®, EtherTalk™, TrueType®, iPad®, iPhone®, iPod®, iPod touch®, AirPrint®and the AirPrint Logo®, Mac®, Mac

OS®, and Macintosh®are trademarks or registered trademarks of Apple Inc. in the U.S. and other countries.

Gmail™webmail service, and Android™mobile technology platform are trademarks of Google, Inc.

HP-GL®, HP-UX®, and PCL®are registered trademarks of Hewlett-Packard Corporation in the United States and/or

other countries.

IBM®and AIX®are registered trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation in the United States and/

or other countries.

McAfee®, ePolicy Orchestrator®, and McAfee ePO™are trademarks or registered trademarks of McAfee, Inc. in the

United States and other countries.

Microsoft®, Windows Vista®, Windows®, Windows Server®, and OneDrive®are registered trademarks of Microsoft

Corporation in the United States and other countries.

Mopria is a trademark of the Mopria Alliance.

PANTONE®and other Pantone, Inc. trademarks are the property of Pantone, Inc.

UNIX®is a trademark in the United States and other countries, licensed exclusively through X/ Open Company

Limited.

Linux®is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds.

Wi-Fi CERTIFIED Wi-Fi Direct®is a trademark of the Wi-Fi Alliance.

PCL®is a registered trademark of the Hewlett-Packard Company. PCL is a designation of a set of printer commands

(language) and functions included in its printer products. This printer is intended to be compatible with the PCL

language. This means the printer recognizes PCL commands used in various application programs, and that the

printer emulates the functions corresponding to the commands.

All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 3

Contents

1 Safety.............................................................................................................................................11

Conventions.................................................................................................................................12

Product Statements.......................................................................................................................13

Maintenance Safety ......................................................................................................................16

Consumable Information................................................................................................................17

2 Learn About the Printer ......................................................................................................................19

Printer configurations.....................................................................................................................20

Using the Control Panel..................................................................................................................21

Understanding the Status of the Power Button and the Indicator Light ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . 22

Customizing the home screen..........................................................................................................23

Using the home screen............................................................................................................23

Changing the Language of the Keyboard on the Display . . . ..... ....... ..... .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . 25

Using Display Customization...........................................................................................................26

Managing screen saver and slide show images.. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . 26

Changing the wallpaper image .................................................................................................26

Running a slide show from a flash drive .. . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ...... . . . . . . ..... . . . . . . .. 26

Selecting Paper.............................................................................................................................27

Paper Guidelines.....................................................................................................................27

Paper Characteristics...............................................................................................................27

Unacceptable Paper................................................................................................................28

Selecting Preprinted Forms and Letterhead. .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . . 28

Storing Paper.........................................................................................................................29

Supported paper sizes .............................................................................................................29

Supported paper types ............................................................................................................32

Supported paper weights.........................................................................................................33

3 Set up, Install, and Configure...............................................................................................................35

Selecting a location for the printer....................................................................................................36

Attaching Cables...........................................................................................................................37

Installing optional trays..................................................................................................................38

Initial Setup Wizard ......................................................................................................................39

Xerox®Easy Assist App....................................................................................................................40

Connecting to the Xerox®Easy Assist App for Installed Printers . . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . 42

Networking ..................................................................................................................................44

Connecting the printer to a wired Ethernet network . . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . . 44

Connecting the Printer to a Wi-Fi Network... . . . . ....... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. ..... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . 44

Connecting the printer to a wireless network using Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. 44

Configuring Wi-Fi Direct...........................................................................................................45

Connecting a mobile device to the printer . . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . . 45

Connecting a computer to the printer.........................................................................................46

Deactivating the Wi-Fi network .................................................................................................46

Checking the printer connectivity...............................................................................................47

4Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Changing the printer port settings after installing an internal solutions port . ..... . . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ..... 47

Setting Up and Using the Home Screen Applications ...... . . . . ....... . . . . ...... . . . . . ...... . . . . ....... . . . . .. ..... .. . . .. ..... .. . . 48

Finding the IPAddress of the Printer ..........................................................................................48

Managing bookmarks..............................................................................................................48

Setting up the printer to fax............................................................................................................50

Setting up the fax function.......................................................................................................50

Setting up fax using a standard telephone line. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. 51

Setting up fax in countries or regions with different telephone wall jacks and plugs . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . . . 52

Connecting to a distinctive ring service . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . 54

Setting the fax date and time...................................................................................................54

Configuring daylight saving time...............................................................................................54

Configuring the fax speaker settings...........................................................................................54

Configuring the Email SMTP Settings................................................................................................55

Using the Email Setup Wizard in the Printer. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . 55

Using the Settings Menu in the Printer........................................................................................55

Using the Embedded Web Server...............................................................................................55

Email Service Providers ............................................................................................................56

Setting up using accessbility features................................................................................................64

Activating Voice Guidance........................................................................................................64

Navigating the screen using gestures .........................................................................................64

Enabling Magnification mode...................................................................................................65

Adjusting the Voice Guidance speech rate. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . . 65

Using the keyboard on the display.............................................................................................65

Enabling spoken passwords or personal identification numbers . . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. 65

Loading paper and specialty media ..................................................................................................66

Setting the paper size and type.................................................................................................66

Configuring Universal paper settings..........................................................................................66

Loading Trays ........................................................................................................................66

Loading the Multipurpose Feeder...............................................................................................68

Loading the Manual Feeder......................................................................................................71

Linking trays ..........................................................................................................................73

Adjusting the speaker volume..........................................................................................................74

Adjusting the default internal speaker volume . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . . 74

Configuring the fax speaker settings...........................................................................................74

Configuring Device Sounds Settings..................................................................................................75

Setting up Card Copy.....................................................................................................................76

Using Shortcut Center....................................................................................................................77

Setting up Device Quotas ...............................................................................................................78

Configuring Eco-Settings.................................................................................................................79

Using Customer Support.................................................................................................................80

Managing contacts........................................................................................................................81

Adding contacts.....................................................................................................................81

Adding groups .......................................................................................................................81

Editing contacts or groups........................................................................................................81

Deleting contacts or groups......................................................................................................81

Installing and updating software, drivers, and firmware... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . . ..... .. . . .. ..... .. . . 83

Contents

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 5

Installing the printer software...................................................................................................83

Adding printers to a computer ..................................................................................................83

Installing the print driver software .............................................................................................84

Updating Software .................................................................................................................88

Exporting or importing a configuration file . . . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. 88

Adding available options in the print driver. . . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . .. 89

Printing the Menu Settings Page ......................................................................................................90

4 Secure the printer..............................................................................................................................91

Locating the security slot................................................................................................................92

Erasing printer memory..................................................................................................................93

Erasing printer hard disk memory.....................................................................................................94

Encrypting the printer hard disk .......................................................................................................95

Restoring factory default settings .....................................................................................................96

Statement of Volatility...................................................................................................................97

Disposing ofa printer hard disk.................................................................................................97

5 Print................................................................................................................................................99

Printing from a computer..............................................................................................................100

Printing from a mobile device........................................................................................................101

Printing from a mobile device using Mopria Print Service. . ..... .. . . . . ....... . . . . ...... . . . . . ...... . . . . ....... . . . . ...... 101

Printing from a mobile device using AirPrint...... .. . . . . ....... . . . . ...... . . . . . ...... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. 101

Printing from a flash drive.............................................................................................................102

Supported flash drives and file types...............................................................................................103

Flash drives..........................................................................................................................103

File types ............................................................................................................................103

Configuring confidential jobs.........................................................................................................104

Printing confidential and other held jobs...... . . . . ....... . . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ..... .. . . . . ..... .. . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . .. 105

For Windows users................................................................................................................105

For Macintosh users ..............................................................................................................105

Printing a font sample list .............................................................................................................106

6 Copy.............................................................................................................................................107

Using the automatic document feeder and scanner glass . . . . ....... . . . . ...... . . . . . ...... . . . . ....... . . . . .. ..... .. . . .. ..... .. 108

Making a copy............................................................................................................................109

Copying photos ..........................................................................................................................110

Copying on letterhead..................................................................................................................111

Copying on both sides of the paper................................................................................................112

Reducing or enlarging copies.........................................................................................................113

Collating copies ..........................................................................................................................114

Placing separator sheets between copies ... . . . . ....... . . . . ..... .. . . . . ..... .. . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ...... . . . . . ..... 115

Copying multiple pages onto a single sheet .. . . ....... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. ..... . . . . ....... . . . . . ...... . . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ... 116

Creating a copy shortcut...............................................................................................................117

Contents

6Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

7 Email ............................................................................................................................................119

Using the automatic document feeder and scanner glass . . . . ....... . . . . ...... . . . . . ...... . . . . ....... . . . . .. ..... .. . . .. ..... .. 120

Setting up the e-mail function .......................................................................................................121

Configuring e-mail settings ...........................................................................................................122

Sending an e-mail .......................................................................................................................123

Creating an e-mail shortcut...........................................................................................................124

8 Fax ...............................................................................................................................................125

Using the automatic document feeder and scanner glass . . . . ....... . . . . ...... . . . . . ...... . . . . ....... . . . . .. ..... .. . . .. ..... .. 126

Sending a fax .............................................................................................................................127

Using the control panel..........................................................................................................127

Scheduling a fax .........................................................................................................................128

Creating a fax destination shortcut.................................................................................................129

Changing the fax resolution ..........................................................................................................130

Adjusting the fax darkness ............................................................................................................131

Viewing a fax log ........................................................................................................................132

Blocking junk faxes......................................................................................................................133

Holding faxes .............................................................................................................................134

Forwarding a fax .........................................................................................................................135

9 Scan .............................................................................................................................................137

Using the automatic document feeder and scanner glass . . . . ....... . . . . ...... . . . . . ...... . . . . ....... . . . . .. ..... .. . . .. ..... .. 138

Scanning to an FTP server.............................................................................................................139

Creating an FTP shortcut ..............................................................................................................140

Scanning to a flash drive ..............................................................................................................141

Sending scanned documents to a computer. . . . ....... . . . . .. ..... .. . . .. ..... .. . . .. ..... . . . . . . ..... . . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ... 142

10 Use the Printer Menus....................................................................................................................143

Menu map.................................................................................................................................144

Device.......................................................................................................................................146

Preferences..........................................................................................................................146

Eco-Mode............................................................................................................................148

Remote Operator Panel..........................................................................................................150

Notifications........................................................................................................................150

Power Management..............................................................................................................155

Accessibility.........................................................................................................................156

Restore Factory Defaults ........................................................................................................157

Maintenance .......................................................................................................................157

Visible Home Screen Icons .....................................................................................................163

Home screen customization....................................................................................................164

Site Map.............................................................................................................................164

Software Update..................................................................................................................165

Remote Services Data Upload.................................................................................................166

About this Printer..................................................................................................................166

Contents

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 7

Print..........................................................................................................................................167

Layout................................................................................................................................167

Setup .................................................................................................................................168

Quality ...............................................................................................................................170

Job Accounting ....................................................................................................................171

XPS....................................................................................................................................173

PDF....................................................................................................................................174

PostScript............................................................................................................................174

PCL....................................................................................................................................175

HTML.................................................................................................................................177

Image................................................................................................................................177

Paper........................................................................................................................................179

Tray Configuration................................................................................................................179

Media Configuration.............................................................................................................180

Copy.........................................................................................................................................183

Copy Defaults ......................................................................................................................183

Fax...........................................................................................................................................188

Fax Mode............................................................................................................................188

Fax Setup............................................................................................................................188

E-mail .......................................................................................................................................199

E-mail Setup........................................................................................................................199

E-mail Defaults.....................................................................................................................200

Web Link Setup....................................................................................................................206

FTP...........................................................................................................................................207

FTP Defaults........................................................................................................................207

USB Drive ..................................................................................................................................213

Flash Drive Scan...................................................................................................................213

Customize Scan Settings List...................................................................................................218

Flash Drive Print ...................................................................................................................218

Customize Print Settings List...................................................................................................220

Network/Ports.............................................................................................................................221

Network Overview.................................................................................................................221

Wireless..............................................................................................................................222

Wi-Fi Direct .........................................................................................................................224

AirPrint ...............................................................................................................................225

Mobile Services Management.................................................................................................226

Ethernet..............................................................................................................................227

TCP/IP................................................................................................................................228

SNMP.................................................................................................................................231

IPSec..................................................................................................................................233

802.1x................................................................................................................................234

LPD Configuration ................................................................................................................235

HTTP/FTP Settings................................................................................................................236

ThinPrint.............................................................................................................................237

USB ...................................................................................................................................238

Restrict external network access ..............................................................................................239

Universal Print......................................................................................................................239

Contents

8Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Security.....................................................................................................................................242

Login Methods.....................................................................................................................242

Certificate Management........................................................................................................250

Schedule USB Devices ...........................................................................................................251

Security Audit Log.................................................................................................................251

Login Restrictions..................................................................................................................254

Confidential Print Setup.........................................................................................................254

Disk Encryption ....................................................................................................................255

Erase Temporary Data Files ....................................................................................................256

Solutions LDAP Settings.........................................................................................................256

Miscellaneous ......................................................................................................................257

Reports......................................................................................................................................258

Menu Settings Page..............................................................................................................258

Device................................................................................................................................258

Shortcuts.............................................................................................................................258

Fax.....................................................................................................................................258

Network..............................................................................................................................259

Supplies Plan..............................................................................................................................260

Plan Activation.....................................................................................................................260

Plan Conversion....................................................................................................................260

Subscription Service ..............................................................................................................260

Address Book..............................................................................................................................261

Contacts .............................................................................................................................261

Contact Groups....................................................................................................................262

Bookmarks.................................................................................................................................263

Apps.........................................................................................................................................265

11 Maintain the Printer.......................................................................................................................267

Checking the Status of Supplies .....................................................................................................268

Configuring supply notifications.....................................................................................................269

Setting up e-mail alerts ................................................................................................................270

Viewing reports...........................................................................................................................271

Ordering supplies ........................................................................................................................272

Using Genuine Xerox Supplies.................................................................................................272

Replacing supplies.......................................................................................................................273

Replacing a Toner Cartridge....................................................................................................273

Replacing the waste toner bottle.............................................................................................274

Replacing an imaging kit........................................................................................................276

Cleaning printer parts ..................................................................................................................282

Cleaning the printer ..............................................................................................................282

Cleaning the touch screen......................................................................................................282

Cleaning the Scanner ............................................................................................................283

Saving energy and paper..............................................................................................................286

Configuring the power save mode settings ... . . . . .. ..... . . . . . ...... . . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ...... 286

Adjusting the brightness of the display . . . . . ....... . . . . . ....... . . . . ..... .. . . . . ..... .. . . . . ..... .. . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . .. 286

Conserving supplies...............................................................................................................286

Contents

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 9

Moving the printer.......................................................................................................................287

Moving the printer to another location . . . . . ...... . . . . . . ..... .. . . .. ..... .. . . .. ..... .. . . . . ..... .. . . . . ...... . . . . . ...... . . . . ... 287

12 Troubleshooting............................................................................................................................289

Network connection problems .......................................................................................................290

Cannot open Embedded Web Server........................................................................................290

Unable to read flash drive......................................................................................................291

Enabling the USB port...........................................................................................................292

Checking the printer connectivity.............................................................................................292

Hardware options problems ..........................................................................................................293

Cannot detect internal option.................................................................................................293

Defective flash detected ........................................................................................................294

Not enough free space in flash memory for resources ..... . . . . ...... . . . . . ...... . . . . . ...... . . . . ....... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. 295

Unformatted flash detected ...................................................................................................295

Printing problems........................................................................................................................296

Print quality is poor...............................................................................................................296

Confidential and other held documents do not print ...... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. 324

Slow printing .......................................................................................................................325

Print jobs do not print............................................................................................................327

The printer is not responding..................................................................................................328

Job prints from the wrong tray or on the wrong paper ..... . . . . ....... . . . . .. ..... .. . . .. ..... .. . . .. ..... . . . . . . ..... . . . . . 330

Issues with supplies .....................................................................................................................331

Replace cartridge, printer region mismatch...... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. ..... . . . . . ...... . . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ... 331

Non-Xerox Supplies...............................................................................................................332

Scanner maintenance required, use ADF Kit. ..... .. . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ...... . . . . . ...... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. 332

Paper feed problems....................................................................................................................333

Paper Jams..........................................................................................................................333

Envelope seals when printing..................................................................................................345

Collated printing does not work...............................................................................................346

Tray linking does not work......................................................................................................347

Color quality problems..................................................................................................................348

Adjusting toner darkness........................................................................................................348

Modifying the colors in printed output.. . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ...... . . . . . . ..... . . . . .. ..... .. . . .. ..... .. . . .. ... 348

FAQ about color printing........................................................................................................349

The print appears tinted ........................................................................................................350

Faxing problems..........................................................................................................................351

Cannot send or receive faxes ..................................................................................................351

Can receive but not send faxes................................................................................................354

Can send but not receive faxes................................................................................................354

Poor fax print quality.............................................................................................................355

Scanning problems......................................................................................................................356

Cannot scan from a computer ................................................................................................356

Partial copies ofdocument or photo.........................................................................................356

Poor copy quality..................................................................................................................357

Scan job was not successful....................................................................................................358

Scanner does not close ..........................................................................................................358

Scanning takes too long or freezes the computer........ . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. ..... . . . . ..... 359

Contents

10 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Scanner does not respond......................................................................................................359

Adjusting scanner registration.................................................................................................359

Adjusting ADF registration......................................................................................................360

Contacting customer support ........................................................................................................361

A Regulatory Information....................................................................................................................363

Basic Regulations ........................................................................................................................364

Noise Emission Levels............................................................................................................364

European Union Lot 19 Ecodesign Directive. . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ...... . . . . . ...... . . . . .. ..... .. . . .. ..... .. 364

Static Sensitivity Notice .........................................................................................................364

ENERGY STAR......................................................................................................................364

Temperature Information.......................................................................................................365

Información de la energía de México .......................................................................................365

Laser Notice ........................................................................................................................365

Power.................................................................................................................................365

Telecommunication Regulatory Notices .. ..... . . . . ....... . . . . . ...... . . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ..... .. . . . . ....... . . . . ...... 367

Regulatory Notices for Wireless Products .. .. . ..... . . ..... . . ..... . . ..... . . ..... . . ..... .. ..... . ...... . ...... . ...... . ...... . .. 370

Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Compliance Information Statement . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. . 371

Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada Compliance Statement .. . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . .. 372

Germany.............................................................................................................................372

Turkey RoHS Regulation.........................................................................................................372

Ukraine RoHS Compliance......................................................................................................373

Copy Regulations ........................................................................................................................374

United States.......................................................................................................................374

Canada...............................................................................................................................375

Other Countries....................................................................................................................376

Material Safety Data Sheets..........................................................................................................377

B Recycling and Disposal.....................................................................................................................379

Product Disposal and Recycling......................................................................................................380

North America............................................................................................................................381

Xerox Green World Alliance ...........................................................................................................382

Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Directive..... .. . . .. ..... .. . . . . ..... .. . . . . ....... . . . . ...... . . . . . .. 383

India E-Waste notice.............................................................................................................383

Contents

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 11

Safety

This chapter contains:

Conventions........................................................................................................................................12

Product Statements..............................................................................................................................13

Maintenance Safety.............................................................................................................................16

Consumable Information ......................................................................................................................17

Your printer and the recommended supplies have been designed and tested to meet strict safety requirements.

Attention to the following information ensures the continued safe operation of your Xerox printer.

Conventions

Note: A note identifies information that could help you.

WWaarrnniinngg:: A warning identifies something that could damage the product hardware or software.

CCaauuttiioonn:: A caution indicates a potentially hazardous situation that could injure you.

Different types of statements include:

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: Indicates a risk of injury.

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: Indicates a risk of electrical shock.

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——HHOOTT SSUURRFFAACCEE:: Indicates a risk of burn if touched.

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPIINNCCHH HHAAZZAARRDD:: Indicates a risk of being caught between moving parts.

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——TTIIPPPPIINNGG HHAAZZAARRDD:: Indicates a crush hazard.

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——RROOTTAATTIINNGG FFAANN BBLLAADDEESS:: Indicates a risk of laceration from moving fan blades.

12 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Safety

Product Statements

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: To avoid the risk of fire or electrical shock, connect the power cord

to an appropriately rated and properly grounded electrical outlet that is near the product and easily

accessible.

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: To avoid the risk of fire or electrical shock, use only the power cord

provided with this product or the manufacturer authorized replacement.

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: Do not use this product with extension cords, multi-outlet power

strips, multi-outlet extenders, or UPS devices. The power capacity of these types of accessories can be

easily overloaded by a laser printer and may result in a risk of fire, property damage, or poor printer

performance.

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: Do not use this product with an inline surge protector. The use of a

surge protection device may result in a risk of fire, property damage, or poor printer performance.

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: To reduce the risk of fire, use only a 26 AWG or larger

telecommunications RJ-11 cord when connecting this product to the public switched telephone network.

For users in Australia, the cord must be approved by the Australian Communications and Media Authority.

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electrical shock, do not place or use this product

near water or wet locations.

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electrical shock, do not set up this product or make

any electrical or cabling connections, such as the power cord, fax feature, or telephone, during a lightning

storm.

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: Do not cut, twist, bind, crush, or place heavy objects on the power

cord. Do not subject the power cord to abrasion or stress. Do not pinch the power cord between objects

such as furniture and walls. If any of these things happen, a risk of fire or electrical shock results. Inspect

the power cord regularly for signs of such problems. Remove the power cord from the electrical outlet

before inspecting it.

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electrical shock, make sure that all external

connections, such as Ethernet and telephone system connections, are properly installed in their marked

plug-in ports.

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electrical shock, if you are accessing the controller

board or installing optional hardware or memory devices sometime after setting up the printer, then turn

the printer off, and unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet before continuing. If you have any

other devices attached to the printer, then turn them off as well, and unplug any cables going into the

printer.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 13

Safety

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electrical shock, do not use the fax feature during a

lightning storm.

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electrical shock when cleaning the exterior of the

printer, unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet and disconnect all cables from the printer before

proceeding.

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: If the printer weight is greater than 18kg (40lb), then it may

require two or more people to lift it safely.

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: When moving the printer, follow these guidelines to avoid personal

injury or printer damage:

• Make sure that all doors and trays are closed.

• Turn off the printer, and then unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet.

• Disconnect all cords and cables from the printer.

• If the printer has separate floor-standing optional trays or output options attached to it, then

disconnect them before moving the printer.

• If the printer has a caster base, then carefully roll it to the new location. Use caution when passing

over thresholds and breaks in flooring.

• If the printer does not have a caster base but is configured with optional trays or output options, then

remove the output options and lift the printer off the trays. Do not try to lift the printer and any

options at the same time.

• Always use the handholds on the printer to lift it.

• Any cart used to move the printer must have a surface able to support the full footprint of the printer.

• Any cart used to move the hardware options must have a surface able to support the dimensions of

the options.

• Keep the printer in an upright position.

• Avoid severe jarring movements.

• Make sure that your fingers are not under the printer when you set it down.

• Make sure that there is adequate clearance around the printer.

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——TTIIPPPPIINNGG HHAAZZAARRDD:: Installing one or more options on your printer or MFP may require a

caster base, furniture, or other feature to prevent instability causing possible injury. For more information

on supported configurations, contact the place where you purchased the printer.

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——TTIIPPPPIINNGG HHAAZZAARRDD:: To reduce the risk of equipment instability, load each tray separately.

Keep all other trays closed until needed.

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——HHOOTT SSUURRFFAACCEE:: The inside of the printer might be hot. To reduce the risk of injury from a

hot component, allow the surface to cool before touching it.

14 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Safety

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPIINNCCHH HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of a pinch injury, use caution in areas marked with this

label. Pinch injuries may occur around moving parts, such as gears, doors, trays, and covers.

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——RROOTTAATTIINNGG FFAANN BBLLAADDEESS:: Indicates a risk of laceration from moving fan blades.

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——MMOOVVIINNGG PPAARRTTSS:: Indicates a risk of laceration or abrasion injuries from rotating parts.

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: This product uses a laser. Use of controls or adjustments or

performance of procedures other than those specified in the User Guide may result in hazardous radiation

exposure.

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: The lithium battery in this product is not intended to be replaced.

There is a danger of explosion if a lithium battery is incorrectly replaced. Do not recharge, disassemble, or

incinerate a lithium battery. Discard used lithium batteries according to the manufacturer instructions and

local regulations.

This product is designed, tested, and approved to meet strict global safety standards with the use of specific

manufacturer components. The safety features of some parts may not always be obvious. The manufacturer is not

responsible for the use of other replacement parts.

Refer service or repairs, other than those described in the user documentation, to a service representative.

This product uses a printing process that heats the print media, and the heat may cause the media to release

emissions. You must understand the section in your operating instructions that discusses the guidelines for selecting

print media to avoid the possibility of harmful emissions.

This product may produce small amounts of ozone during normal operation, and may be equipped with a filter

designed to limit ozone concentrations to levels well below the recommended exposure limits. To avoid high ozone

concentration levels during extensive usage, install this product in a well-ventilated area and replace the ozone and

exhaust filters if instructed to do so in the product maintenance instructions. If there are no references to filters in

the product maintenance instructions, then there are no filters requiring replacement for this product.

SSAAVVEE TTHHEESSEE IINNSSTTRRUUCCTTIIOONNSS..

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 15

Safety

Maintenance Safety

Do not carry out any maintenance on this product that is not described in the customer documentation.

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: Do not use aerosol cleaners. Aerosol cleaners can be explosive or

flammable when used on electromechanical equipment.

Use supplies and cleaning materials only as directed.

Do not remove the covers or guards that are fastened with screws. Customer service items are not located behind

these covers.

In case of a Dry Ink or Toner Spill, use a broom or a wet cloth to wipe off spilled dry ink or toner. Sweep slowly to

minimize generation of dust during clean up. Avoid using a vacuum. If a vacuum must be used, the unit should be

designed for combustible dusts, having an explosion rated motor and non-conductive hose.

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——HHOOTT SSUURRFFAACCEE:: The metallic surfaces in the fuser area are hot. Use caution when you

remove paper jams from this area and avoid touching any metallic surfaces.

16 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Safety

Consumable Information

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: When handling cartridges such as ink or fuser, avoid skin or eye

contact. Eye contact can cause irritation and inflammation. Do not attempt to disassemble the cartridge.

This can increase the risk of skin or eye contact.

Store all consumables in accordance with the instructions given on the package or container.

Keep all consumables away from the reach of children.

Never throw dry ink/toner, print cartridges, or dry ink/toner containers into an open flame.

For information on Xerox®supplies recycling programs, go to: https://www.xerox.com/recycling.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 17

Safety

18 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Safety

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 19

Learn About the Printer

This chapter contains:

Printer configurations............................................................................................................................20

Using the Control Panel.........................................................................................................................21

Customizing the home screen ................................................................................................................23

Changing the Language of the Keyboard on the Display. . . . ..... .. . . . . ..... .. . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ...... . . . . . ...... . 25

Using Display Customization..................................................................................................................26

Selecting Paper....................................................................................................................................27

Printer configurations

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——TTIIPPPPIINNGG HHAAZZAARRDD:: Installing one or more options on your printer or MFP may require a

caster base, furniture, or other feature to prevent instability causing possible injury. For more information

on supported configurations, contact the place where you purchased the printer.

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——TTIIPPPPIINNGG HHAAZZAARRDD:: To reduce the risk of equipment instability, load each tray separately.

Keep all other trays closed until needed.

Depending on your printer model, you can configure your printer by adding an optional 650-sheet duo tray or both

the 650-sheet duo tray and 550-sheet tray. For more information, refer to Installing optional trays.

1. Automatic document feeder (ADF)

2. ADF tray

3. Standard bin

4. ADF bin

5. Standard 250-sheet tray

6. Optional 650-sheet duo tray

This tray is available only in some printer models.

7. Manual feeder

8. Control panel

The appearance may vary depending on your

printer model.

20 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Learn About the Printer

Using the Control Panel

IITTEEMM NNAAMMEE DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

1 Display • View the printer messages and supply status.

• Set up and operate the printer.

2 Home button Go to the home screen.

3 Numeric keypad Enter numbers or symbols in an input field.

4 Power button • Turn on or turn off the printer.

To turn off the printer, press and hold the power button for five

seconds.

• Set the printer to Sleep or Hibernate mode.

• Wake the printer from Sleep or Hibernate mode.

5 Clear All or Reset button Reset the default settings of a function such as copying, faxing, or

scanning.

6 Stop or Cancel button Stop the current printer task.

7 Start button Start a job, depending on which mode is selected.

8 Pause button Place a dial pause in a fax number.

9 Backspace button Move the cursor backward and delete a character in an input field.

10 Indicator light Check the printer status.

11 Volume buttons Adjust the speaker volume.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 21

Learn About the Printer

UNDERSTANDING THE STATUS OF THE POWER BUTTON AND THE INDICATOR LIGHT

IINNDDIICCAATTOORR LLIIGGHHTT PPRRIINNTTEERR SSTTAATTUUSS

Off The printer is off or in Hibernate mode.

Blue The printer is ready or processing data.

Red The printer requires user intervention.

PPOOWWEERR BBUUTTTTOONN LLIIGGHHTT PPRRIINNTTEERR SSTTAATTUUSS

Off The printer is off, ready, or processing data.

Solid amber The printer is in Sleep mode.

Blinking amber The printer is in Hibernate mode.

22 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Learn About the Printer

Customizing the home screen

1. Open a web browser, then type the printer IP address in the address field.

View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers

separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.

2. Click SSeettttiinnggss >DDeevviiccee >VViissiibbllee HHoommee SSccrreeeenn IIccoonnss.

3. Select the icons that you want to appear on the home screen.

4. Apply the changes.

USING THE HOME SCREEN

Note: Your home screen may vary depending on your home screen customization settings, administrative

setup, and active embedded solutions.

TTOOUUCCHH TTOO

11 Copy Make copies.

22 E-mail Send e-mails.

33 Settings Access the printer menus.

44 Fax Send fax.

55 Address Book Manage a contact list that other applications on the printer can

access.

66 Status/Supplies • Show a printer warning or error message whenever the printer

requires intervention to continue processing.

• View more information on the printer warning or message, and

on how to clear it.

You can also access this setting by touching the top section of the

home screen.

77 USB Drive • Print photos and documents from a flash drive.

• Scan photos and documents to a flash drive

88 Job Queue Show all the current print jobs.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 23

Learn About the Printer

TTOOUUCCHH TTOO

You can also access this setting by touching the top section of the

home screen.

99 Held Jobs Show the print jobs that are held in the printer memory.

1100 Shortcut Center Organize all shortcuts.

1111 App Profiles Access application profiles.

1122 Scan Profiles Scan and save documents directly to the computer.

1133 FTP Scan and save documents directly to an FTP server.

1144 Bookmarks Organize all bookmarks.

1155 Change Language Change the language on the display.

24 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Learn About the Printer

Changing the Language of the Keyboard on the Display

Note: You can only change the language of the keyboard in printer tasks that require alphanumeric input

such as e-mail or scan.

1. Touch the input field.

2. On the keyboard, touch and hold the language key.

3. Select a language.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 25

Learn About the Printer

Using Display Customization

Before using the application, make sure to do the following:

• From the Embedded Web Server, click AAppppss >DDiissppllaayy CCuussttoommiizzaattiioonn >CCoonnffiigguurree.

• Enable and configure the screen saver, slideshow, and wallpaper settings.

MANAGING SCREEN SAVER AND SLIDE SHOW IMAGES

1. From the Screen Saver and Slideshow Images section, add, edit, or delete an image.

• You can add up to 10 images.

• When enabled, the status icons appear on the screen saver only when there are errors, warnings, or cloud-

based notifications.

2. Apply the changes.

CHANGING THE WALLPAPER IMAGE

1. From the home screen, touch CChhaannggee WWaallllppaappeerr.

2. Select an image to use.

3. Apply the changes.

RUNNING A SLIDE SHOW FROM A FLASH DRIVE

1. Insert a flash drive into the USB port.

2. From the home screen, touch SSlliiddeesshhooww.

Images appear in alphabetical order.

Note: You can remove the flash drive after the slide show starts, but the images are not stored in the printer.

If the slide show stops, then insert the flash drive again to view the images.

26 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Learn About the Printer

Selecting Paper

PAPER GUIDELINES

Use the appropriate paper to prevent jams and help ensure trouble-free printing.

• Always use new, undamaged paper.

• Before loading paper, know the recommended printable side of the paper. This information is usually indicated

on the paper package.

• Do not use paper that has been cut or trimmed by hand.

• Do not mix paper sizes, types, or weights in the same tray; mixing results in jams.

• Do not use coated papers unless they are specifically designed for electrophotographic printing.

PAPER CHARACTERISTICS

The following paper characteristics affect print quality and reliability. Consider these factors before printing on

them.

Weight

The trays can feed paper weights from 60–176 g/m2(16–47 lb.) grain long paper. Paper lighter than 60 g/m2(16

lb.) may not be stiff enough to feed properly, and may cause jams.

Curl

Curl is the tendency for paper to curl at its edges. Excessive curl can cause paper feeding problems. Curl can occur

after the paper passes through the printer, where it is exposed to high temperatures. Storing paper unwrapped in

hot, humid, cold, or dry conditions can contribute to paper curling before printing and can cause feeding problems.

Smoothness

Paper smoothness directly affects print quality. If paper is too rough, toner cannot fuse to it properly. If paper is too

smooth, it can cause paper feeding or print quality issues. We recommend the use of paper with 50 Sheffield

points.

Moisture Content

The amount of moisture in paper affects both print quality and the printer ability to feed the paper correctly. Leave

paper in its original wrapper until you use it. Exposure of paper to moisture changes can degrade its performance.

Store paper in its original wrapper in the same environment as the printer for 24 to 48 hours before printing. Extend

the time several days if the storage or transportation environment is very different from the printer environment.

Thick paper may also require a longer conditioning period.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 27

Learn About the Printer

Grain Direction

Grain refers to the alignment of the paper fibers in a sheet of paper. Grain is either grain long, running the length of

the paper, or grain short, running the width of the paper.

For 60–176 g/m2(16–47 lb.) paper, grain long paper is recommended.

Fiber Content

Most high-quality xerographic paper is made from 100 percent chemically treated pulped wood. This content

provides the paper with a high degree of stability, resulting in fewer paper feeding problems and better print

quality. Paper containing fibers such as cotton can negatively affect paper handling.

UNACCEPTABLE PAPER

The following paper types are not recommended for use with the printer:

• Chemically treated papers used to make copies without carbon paper, also known as carbonless papers,

carbonless copy paper (CCP), or no carbon required (NCR) paper

• Preprinted papers with chemicals that may contaminate the printer

• Preprinted papers that can be affected by the temperature in the printer fuser

• Preprinted papers that require a registration (the precise print location on the page) greater than ±2.3mm

(±0.9in.), such as optical character recognition (OCR) forms

In some cases, registration can be adjusted with a software application to successfully print on these forms

• Coated papers (erasable bond), synthetic papers, thermal papers

• Rough-edged, rough or heavily textured surface papers, or curled papers

• Recycled papers that fail EN12281:2002 (European)

• Paper weighing less than 60 g/m2(16 lb.)

• Multiple-part forms or documents

SELECTING PREPRINTED FORMS AND LETTERHEAD

• Use grain long paper.

• Use only forms and letterhead printed using an offset lithographic or engraved printing process.

• Avoid paper with rough or heavily textured surfaces.

• Use inks that are not affected by the resin in toner. Inks that are oxidation-set or oil-based generally meet these

requirements; latex inks might not.

• Print samples on preprinted forms and letterheads considered for use before buying large quantities. This action

determines whether the ink in the preprinted form or letterhead affects print quality.

• When in doubt, contact your paper supplier.

• When printing on letterhead, load the paper in the proper orientation for your printer. For more information, see

the Paper and Specialty Media Guide.

28 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Learn About the Printer

STORING PAPER

Use these paper storage guidelines to help avoid jams and uneven print quality:

• Store paper in its original wrapper in the same environment as the printer for 24 to 48 hours before printing.

• Extend the time several days if the storage or transportation environment is very different from the printer

environment. Thick paper may also require a longer conditioning period.

• For best results, store paper where the temperature is 21°C (70°F) and the relative humidity is 40 percent.

• Most label manufacturers recommend printing in a temperature range of 18–24°C (65–75°F) with relative

humidity between 40 and 60 percent.

• Store paper in cartons, on a pallet or shelf, rather than on the floor.

• Store individual packages on a flat surface.

• Do not store anything on top of individual paper packages.

• Take paper out of the carton or wrapper only when you are ready to load it in the printer. The carton and

wrapper help keep the paper clean, dry, and flat.

SUPPORTED PAPER SIZES

Note: Your printer model may have a 650-sheet duo tray, which consists of a 550-sheet tray and an

integrated 100-sheet multipurpose feeder. The 550-sheet tray of the 650-sheet duo tray supports the same

paper sizes as the optional 550-sheet tray. The integrated multipurpose feeder supports different paper

sizes, types, and weights.

PPAAPPEERR SSIIZZEE

AANNDD

DDIIMMEENNSSIIOONN

SSTTAANNDDAARRDD

225500--SSHHEEEETT

TTRRAAYY

MMAANNUUAALL

FFEEEEDDEERR

OOPPTTIIOONNAALL 665500--SSHHEEEETT

DDUUOO TTRRAAYY

OOPPTTIIOONNAALL

555500--SSHHEEEETT

TTRRAAYY

TTWWOO--SSIIDDEEDD

PPRRIINNTTIINNGG

555500--SSHHEEEETT

TTRRAAYY

MMUULLTTIIPPUURR--

PPOOSSEE

FFEEEEDDEERR

AA44

210x297mm

(8.27x11.7in.)

AA551,2

148x210mm

(5.83x8.27in.)

AA66

105x148mm

(4.13x5.83in.)

XX XX XX

JJIISS BB55

182x257mm

(7.17x10.1in.)

LLeetttteerr

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 29

Learn About the Printer

PPAAPPEERR SSIIZZEE

AANNDD

DDIIMMEENNSSIIOONN

SSTTAANNDDAARRDD

225500--SSHHEEEETT

TTRRAAYY

MMAANNUUAALL

FFEEEEDDEERR

OOPPTTIIOONNAALL 665500--SSHHEEEETT

DDUUOO TTRRAAYY

OOPPTTIIOONNAALL

555500--SSHHEEEETT

TTRRAAYY

TTWWOO--SSIIDDEEDD

PPRRIINNTTIINNGG

555500--SSHHEEEETT

TTRRAAYY

MMUULLTTIIPPUURR--

PPOOSSEE

FFEEEEDDEERR

215.9x279.4-

(8.5x11in.)

LLeeggaall

215.9x355.6-

(8.5x14in.)

EExxeeccuuttiivvee

184.2x266.7-

(7.25x10.5in.)

OOffiicciioo

((MMeexxiiccoo))

215.9x340.4-

(8.5x13.4in.)

FFoolliioo

215.9x330.2-

(8.5x13in.)

SSttaatteemmeenntt

139.7x215.9-

(5.5x8.5in.)

XX XX XX

HHaaggaakkii

100x148mm

(3.94x5.83in.)

XX XX XX

UUnniivveerrssaall3,4

98.4x148mm

215.9x355.6-

(3.87x5.83in.

to 8.5x14in.)

XX XX XX

30 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Learn About the Printer

PPAAPPEERR SSIIZZEE

AANNDD

DDIIMMEENNSSIIOONN

SSTTAANNDDAARRDD

225500--SSHHEEEETT

TTRRAAYY

MMAANNUUAALL

FFEEEEDDEERR

OOPPTTIIOONNAALL 665500--SSHHEEEETT

DDUUOO TTRRAAYY

OOPPTTIIOONNAALL

555500--SSHHEEEETT

TTRRAAYY

TTWWOO--SSIIDDEEDD

PPRRIINNTTIINNGG

555500--SSHHEEEETT

TTRRAAYY

MMUULLTTIIPPUURR--

PPOOSSEE

FFEEEEDDEERR

UUnniivveerrssaall3,4

76.2x127mm

215.9x355.6-

mm (3x5in.

to 8.5x14in.)

XX XX XX XX

UUnniivveerrssaall3,4

148x210mm

215.9x355.6-

(5.83x8.27in.

to 8.5x14in.)

UUnniivveerrssaall3,4

210x250mm

215.9x355.6-

(8.27x9.84in.

to 8.5x14in.)

77 33//44

EEnnvveellooppee

98.4x190.5m-

(3.875x7.5in.)

XX XX XX

99 EEnnvveellooppee

98.4x225.4m-

(3.875x8.9in.)

XX XX XX

1100 EEnnvveellooppee

104.8x241.3-

(4.12x9.5in.)

XX XX XX

DDLL EEnnvveellooppee

110x220mm

(4.33x8.66in.)

XX XX XX

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 31

Learn About the Printer

PPAAPPEERR SSIIZZEE

AANNDD

DDIIMMEENNSSIIOONN

SSTTAANNDDAARRDD

225500--SSHHEEEETT

TTRRAAYY

MMAANNUUAALL

FFEEEEDDEERR

OOPPTTIIOONNAALL 665500--SSHHEEEETT

DDUUOO TTRRAAYY

OOPPTTIIOONNAALL

555500--SSHHEEEETT

TTRRAAYY

TTWWOO--SSIIDDEEDD

PPRRIINNTTIINNGG

555500--SSHHEEEETT

TTRRAAYY

MMUULLTTIIPPUURR--

PPOOSSEE

FFEEEEDDEERR

CC55 EEnnvveellooppee

162x229mm

(6.38x9.01in.)

XX XX XX

BB55 EEnnvveellooppee

176x250mm

(6.93x9.84in.)

XX XX XX

MMoonnaarrcchh

98.425x190.-

5mm

(3.875x7.5in.)

XX XX XX

OOtthheerr

EEnnvveellooppee5

98.4x162mm

176x250mm

(3.87x6.38in.

6.93x9.84in.)

XX XX XX

1Load this paper size into tray 1 and the manual feeder with the long edge entering the printer first.

2Load this paper size into tray 2, tray 3, and the multipurpose feeder with the short edge entering the printer

first.

3When Universal is selected, the page is formatted for 215.9 x 355.6 mm (8.5 x 14 in.) unless the size is specified

by the software application.

4Load narrow paper with the short edge entering the printer first.

5When Other Envelope is selected, the page is formatted for 215.9 x 355.6 mm (8.5 x 14 in.) unless the size is

specified by the software application.

SUPPORTED PAPER TYPES

• Your printer model may have a 650-sheet duo tray, which consists of a 550-sheet tray and an integrated 100-

sheet multipurpose feeder. The 550-sheet tray of the 650-sheet duo tray supports the same paper type as the

550-sheet tray. The integrated multipurpose feeder supports different paper sizes, types, and weights.

• Labels, envelopes, and card stock always print at 25 pages per minute.

• The ADF supports only plain paper.

32 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Learn About the Printer

PPAAPPEERR TTYYPPEE

SSTTAANNDDAARRDD

225500--SSHHEEEETT

TTRRAAYY

MMAANNUUAALL

FFEEEEDDEERR

OOPPTTIIOONNAALL 665500--SSHHEEEETT

DDUUOO TTRRAAYY

OOPPTTIIOONNAALL

555500--SSHHEEEETT

TTRRAAYY

TTWWOO--SSIIDDEEDD

PPRRIINNTTIINNGG

555500--SSHHEEEETT

TTRRAAYY

MMUULLTTIIPPUURR--

PPOOSSEE

FFEEEEDDEERR

PPllaaiinn ppaappeerr

CCaarrdd ssttoocckk XX

EEnnvveellooppeess XX XX XX

PPaappeerr llaabbeellss

VViinnyyll llaabbeellss XX

SUPPORTED PAPER WEIGHTS

• Your printer model may have a 650-sheet duo tray, which consists of a 550-sheet tray and an integrated 100-

sheet multipurpose feeder. The 550-sheet tray of the 650-sheet duo tray supports the same paper types as the

550-sheet tray. The integrated multipurpose feeder supports different paper sizes, types, and weights.

• Labels, envelopes, and card stock always print at 25 pages per minute.

• The ADF supports 52–120g/m2(14–32lb bond) paper.

PPAAPPEERR TTYYPPEE

AANNDD

WWEEIIGGHHTT

SSTTAANNDDAARRDD

225500--SSHHEEEETT

TTRRAAYY

MMAANNUUAALL

FFEEEEDDEERR

OOPPTTIIOONNAALL 665500--SSHHEEEETT DDUUOO

TTRRAAYY

OOPPTTIIOONNAALL

555500--SSHHEEEETT

TTRRAAYY

TTWWOO--SSIIDDEEDD

PPRRIINNTTIINNGG

555500--SSHHEEEETT

TTRRAAYY

MMUULLTTIIPPUURR--

PPOOSSEE

FFEEEEDDEERR

LLiigghhtt ppaappeerr 11

60–74.9g/m2

grain long

(16–19.9-lb

bond)

PPllaaiinn ppaappeerr

75–90.3g/m2

grain long

(20–24-lb

bond)

HHeeaavvyy ppaappeerr

90.3–105g/

m2grain long

(24.1–28-lb

bond)

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 33

Learn About the Printer

PPAAPPEERR TTYYPPEE

AANNDD

WWEEIIGGHHTT

SSTTAANNDDAARRDD

225500--SSHHEEEETT

TTRRAAYY

MMAANNUUAALL

FFEEEEDDEERR

OOPPTTIIOONNAALL 665500--SSHHEEEETT DDUUOO

TTRRAAYY

OOPPTTIIOONNAALL

555500--SSHHEEEETT

TTRRAAYY

TTWWOO--SSIIDDEEDD

PPRRIINNTTIINNGG

555500--SSHHEEEETT

TTRRAAYY

MMUULLTTIIPPUURR--

PPOOSSEE

FFEEEEDDEERR

CCaarrdd ssttoocckk

105.1–162g/

m2grain long

(28.1–43-lb

bond)

CCaarrdd ssttoocckk

105.1–200g/

m2grain long

(28.1–53-lb

bond)

XX XX XX XX

PPaappeerr LLaabbeellss

131g/m2(35-

lb bond)

VViinnyyll LLaabbeellss

131g/m2(35-

lb bond)

EEnnvveellooppeess 44,,55

60–105g/m2

(16–28-lb

bond)

XX XX XX

1Paper less than 75 g/m2(20 lb) must be printed with Paper Type set to Light Paper. Failure to do so may cause

excessive curl which can lead to feeding errors, especially in more humid environments.

2Labels and other specialty media are supported for occasional use and must be tested for acceptability.

3Paper labels up to 105 g/m2(28-lb bond) are supported.

4100% cotton content maximum weight is 24-lb bond.

528-lb bond envelopes are limited to 25% cotton content.

34 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Learn About the Printer

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 35

Set up, Install, and Configure

This chapter contains:

Selecting a location for the printer ..........................................................................................................36

Attaching Cables .................................................................................................................................37

Installing optional trays.........................................................................................................................38

Initial Setup Wizard .............................................................................................................................39

Xerox®Easy Assist App...........................................................................................................................40

Networking.........................................................................................................................................44

Setting Up and Using the Home Screen Applications.. . ...... . . . . . ...... . . . . ....... . . . . .. ..... .. . . .. ..... .. . . .. ..... .. . . . . ..... . . . . . . . 48

Setting up the printer to fax...................................................................................................................50

Configuring the Email SMTP Settings.......................................................................................................55

Setting up using accessbility features.......................................................................................................64

Loading paper and specialty media.........................................................................................................66

Adjusting the speaker volume.................................................................................................................74

Configuring Device Sounds Settings ........................................................................................................75

Setting up Card Copy............................................................................................................................76

Using Shortcut Center...........................................................................................................................77

Setting up Device Quotas......................................................................................................................78

Configuring Eco-Settings .......................................................................................................................79

Using Customer Support .......................................................................................................................80

Managing contacts ..............................................................................................................................81

Installing and updating software, drivers, and firmware . . . .. ..... . . . . . ...... . . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . 83

Printing the Menu Settings Page.............................................................................................................90

Selecting a location for the printer

• Leave enough room to open trays, covers, and doors and to install hardware options.

• Set up the printer near an electrical outlet.

WWaarrnniinngg:: To avoid the risk of fire or electrical shock, connect the power cord to an appropriately

rated and properly grounded electrical outlet that is near the product and easily accessible.

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electrical shock, do not place or use this

product near water or wet locations.

• Make sure that airflow in the room meets the latest revision of the ASHRAE 62 standard or the CEN Technical

Committee 156 standard.

• Provide a flat, sturdy, and stable surface.

• Keep the printer:

– Clean, dry, and free of dust

– Away from stray staples and paper clips

– Away from the direct airflow of air conditioners, heaters, or ventilators

– Free from direct sunlight and humidity extremes

• Observe the temperature range.

Operating temperature 10 to 32.2°C (50 to 90°F)

• Allow the following recommended amount of space around the printer for proper ventilation:

1. Top: 305 mm (12 in.)

2. Rear: 102 mm (4 in.)

3. Right side: 76 mm (3 in.)

4. Front: 508 mm (20 in.)

The minimum space needed in front of the

machine is 76 mm (3 in.).

5. Left side: 76 mm (3 in.)

36 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Set up, Install, and Configure

Attaching Cables

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electrical shock, do not set up this product or make

any electrical or cabling connections, such as the power cord, fax feature, or telephone, during a lightning

storm.

WWaarrnniinngg:: To avoid the risk of fire or electrical shock, connect the power cord to an appropriately rated

andproperly grounded electrical outlet that is near the product and easily accessible.

WWaarrnniinngg:: To avoid the risk of fire or electrical shock, use only the power cord provided with this product

or the manufacturer's authorized replacement.

WWaarrnniinngg:: To reduce the risk of fire, use only a 26 AWG or larger telecommunications (RJ-11) cord when

connecting this product to the public switched telephone network. For users in Australia, the cord must be

approved by the Australian Communications and Media Authority.

WWaarrnniinngg——PPootteennttiiaall DDaammaaggee:: To avoid loss of data or printer malfunction, do not touch the USB

cable, any wireless network adapter, or the printer in the areas shown while actively printing.

NNUUMMBBEERR UUSSEE TTHHEE TTOO

11 LINE port Connect the printer to an active telephone line

through a standard wall jack (RJ-11), DSL filter, or

VoIP adapter, or any other adapter that allows you

to access the telephone line to send and receive

faxes.

22 Power cord socket Connect the printer to a properly grounded

electrical outlet.

33 USB port Attach a keyboard or any compatible option.

This port is available only in some printer models.

44 USB printer port Connect the printer to a computer.

55 Ethernet port Connect the printer to a network.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 37

Set up, Install, and Configure

Installing optional trays

Note: Depending on your printer model, you may install a 650-sheet duo tray or both the 650-sheet duo

tray and 550-sheet tray.

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electrical shock, if you are accessing the controller

board or installing optional hardware or memory devices sometime after setting up the printer, then turn

the printer off, and unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet before continuing. If you have any

other devices attached to the printer, then turn them off as well, and unplug any cables going into the

printer.

1. Turn off the printer.

2. Unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet, and then from the printer.

3. Unpack the optional tray, and then remove all packing material.

4. Align the printer with the optional tray, and then lower the printer into place.

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: If the printer weight is greater than 18kg (40lb), then it requires

two or more trained personnel to lift it safely.

Note: If you are installing both the optional trays, then place the 550-sheet tray below the 650-sheet duo

tray.

5. Connect the power cord to the printer, and then to the electrical outlet.

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: To avoid the risk of fire or electrical shock, connect the power cord

to an appropriately rated andproperly grounded electrical outlet that is near the product and easily

accessible.

6. Turn on the printer.

Add the tray in the print driver to make it available for print jobs. For more information, see Adding available

options in the print driver.

38 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Set up, Install, and Configure

Initial Setup Wizard

The initial setup wizard appears when the printer is powered on for the first time. You can use the initial setup

wizard to complete the general settings and register the printer on the network.

The initial setup wizard is a set of screens with instructions that help you to complete the basic printer settings, such

as Language, the Date and Time, and other critical information about the printer. If needed, you can use the initial

setup wizard to connect the printer to a Wi-Fi network.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 39

Set up, Install, and Configure

Xerox®Easy Assist App

To access the printer from your smartphone, download and install the Xerox Easy Assist app to your mobile device.

By installing the Xerox Easy Assist app on your smartphone, you can setup your new printer easily, manage its

configuration, view alerts indicating supply requirement and order them, and get live troubleshooting support for

your printer.

The Xerox Easy Assist App has instructions and video links that helps you to unpack the printer from its shipping

box. To install the Xerox Easy Assist app on your smartphone, you need to scan a QR Code. There are two types of

QR Codes:

• The first QR Code is for the initial installation of the app. You can find this QR Code on the packaging box or the

Installation Guide that comes with the printer. To install the Xerox Easy Assist app for the first time, you are

required to scan this QR Code with your smartphone camera.

• The second QR Code is to setup a Wireless network connection between the smartphone and the printer. For

example, connection to Wi-Fi Direct. For the printers with touchscreen User Interface or bigger than 2–line

display interface, you can find this QR Code at the control panel of the printer. For more information, refer to

Connecting to the Xerox®Easy Assist App for Installed Printers. You are required to scan the second QR Code

through the Xerox Easy Assist app.

To install and use the Xerox Easy Assist app, do the following:

1. To watch a helpful video to unpack your printer, scan the QR Code from the packaging box or the Installation

Guide that came with your printer, with your smartphone camera.

Based on your smartphone, you are prompted to download the app from Apple App Store or Google Play Store.

Accept the End-User License Agreement (EULA), then follow the instructions that appear on the app.

2. For initial setup when the printer is powered on for the first time, the initial setup wizard appears. At the printer

control panel, do the following:

a. Select your LLaanngguuaaggee, then touch NNeexxtt.

The Xerox Easy Assist Mobile App screen appears.

b. To use your mobile device to set up and manage your printer, touch YYeess.

Get the App screen appears to confirm the type of your mobile device. Choose any one option:

•iiOOSS: To install the Xerox Easy Assist app for your iPhone, select this option.

•AAnnddrrooiidd: To install the Xerox Easy Assist app for your Android mobile device, select this option.

•II hhaavvee tthhee AApppp: If you have installed Xerox Easy Assist app on your mobile device already, select this

option.

3. If you have selected iOS or Android option, a screen appears to help you download the app. At the control

panel, touch SShhooww QQRR CCooddee option.

A screen appears with the QR Code. To install the app, scan the QR Code with your smartphone camera.

40 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Set up, Install, and Configure

4. Download and install the Xerox Easy Assist app on your smartphone:

• For Android phones: Go to Google Play Store, then search for Xerox Easy Assist app.

• For iOS or iPhones: Go to Apple App Store, then search for Xerox Easy Assist app.

5. When you install the app for the first time on your smartphone, for End-User License Agreement (EULA), touch

II AAggrreeee.

6. Follow the instructions that appear on the app. To connect your smartphone with the printer, touch CCoonnnneecctt

TToo MMyy PPrriinntteerr.

7. At the printer control panel, to connect to the app, touch SShhooww QQRR CCooddee option. The second QR Code appears.

Important: For the printers with 2-line display interface, there is no QR Code on the control panel. To

connect the printer to your mobile device, follow the instructions that appear on the control panel.

When prompted, type the Wi-Fi Direct SSID Name and Password for your printer. The printer and the

app are connected through Wi-Fi Direct.

8. Scan the second QR Code through the Xerox Easy Assist app. Follow the instructions that appear on the app.

When the connection is configured, your smartphone and the printer share the same Wireless network,

temporarily.

9. With the support of Xerox Easy Assist app, complete the general settings and register the printer on the

network.

General settings include Admin Password, Connectivity, Measurements, Date and Time, Sound, Power Saver

settings, and more.

Note: Ensure that your smartphone is connected to the same Wireless or wired network as the printer and

they can communicate after the setup is complete.

10. To complete the initial setup in the app, type the necessary information for your printer, then touch CCoommpplleettee

SSeettuupp.

The Welcome screen appears.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 41

Set up, Install, and Configure

11. When the initial setup is complete, with the Xerox Easy Assist app, you can perform the following:

SSeett UUpp aa NNeeww PPrriinntteerr

If you have the QR Code or IP Address available, you can set up a new Xerox printer with the help of Xerox

Easy Assist app. On My Printers screen in the app, touch the ++ icon, then touch SSeett UUpp aa NNeeww PPrriinntteerr.

Follow the instructions from the app.

PPrriinntteerr SSttaattuuss

The status displays the printer information, such as readiness of the printer, toner level, and paper tray

status for each tray. You can order parts and supplies through the Xerox Easy Assist app. If the toner level

appears to be low, to order a new toner, select the TToonneerr icon, then touch RReeoorrddeerr.

AAlleerrttss

The Xerox Easy Assist app can notify you of any errors or problems in the printer. To view the error

statement, touch the BBeellll icon.

PPrriinntt

You can perform a print job through the Xerox Easy Assist app. In the app, select your printer, then touch

PPrriinntt. Select the document that you need to print from your mobile device, confirm the print settings, then

touch PPrriinntt.

DDeevviiccee SSeettttiinnggss

You can view and edit your printer settings from the DDeevviiccee SSeettttiinnggss tab. If you have not setup a password

during the initial setup, to view or edit existing printer settings, you need to set up the password.

SSuuppppoorrtt

You can request support and find solutions for printer related problems through the Xerox Easy Assist app.

In the app, select your printer, then touch SSuuppppoorrtt. It connects you to Xerox’s Support Agent Live Chatbot.

PPrriinntt aanndd SSccaann DDrriivveerrss

You can download Print and Scan Drivers for your printer through Xerox Easy Assist app. In the app, select

your printer, then touch PPrriinntt aanndd SSccaann DDrriivveerrss. In the Email field, type your registered email address, then

touch the ++ icon to add your email. To download and install the Print and Scan Drivers, the app sends a

Quick Link to your email address.

PPrriinntt TTeesstt PPaaggee

To confirm that all settings are correct, you can print a test page. In the app, select your printer, then touch

PPrriinntt TTeesstt PPaaggee.

RReemmoovvee aa PPrriinntteerr

You can remove a printer from the Xerox Easy Assist app. On your app, select a printer, then touch RReemmoovvee.

CONNECTING TO THE XEROX®EASY ASSIST APP FOR INSTALLED PRINTERS

To install and use the Xerox Easy Assist (XEA) app for a printer that does not require initial installation setup, you

can find the QR Code from the control panel NNoottiiffiiccaattiioonn CCeenntteerr >> CCoonnnneecctteedd ttoo NNeettwwoorrkk >> CCoonnnneecctt ttoo XXeerrooxx

EEaassyy AAssssiisstt AApppp >> SShhooww QQRR CCooddee. Scan the QR Code, then follow the instructions that appear on the control panel

and your mobile device:

42 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Set up, Install, and Configure

• Based on your smartphone, to install the app for the first time, you are prompted to download the app from

Apple App Store or Google Play Store.

• If you have the app installed already, to access Xerox Easy Assist features, connect to the printer with your

smartphone.

Important: For the printers with 2-line display interface, there is no QR Code on the control panel. To connect

the printer to your mobile device, follow the instructions that appear on the control panel. When prompted,

type the Wi-Fi Direct SSID Name and Password for your printer. The printer and the app are connected

through Wi-Fi Direct.

If your printer is already set up on your network and the Initial Setup Wizard is complete, through the XEA app you

can add the printer directly to the list of My Printers. You can see the printer status, get print drivers, and get

Chatbot support. To add a printer that is on the network, open the XEA app Home page. On the My Printers screen,

touch the ++ icon. The app looks for nearby printers on the network:

• If the app finds your printer, you can select and add the printer directly.

• If the app is unable to find the printer you are looking for, then you can add the printer by typing its IP address.

If the printer and mobile device cannot communicate, ensure that they are on the same network.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 43

Set up, Install, and Configure

Networking

CONNECTING THE PRINTER TO A WIRED ETHERNET NETWORK

When you connect the printer to a wired Ethernet connection, the Wi-Fi connection is switched off, automatically.

When connected, set up an IP address at the printer Control Panel.

Before you begin, make sure that the Active Adapter is set to Auto.

1. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >> NNeettwwoorrkk//PPoorrttss >> NNeettwwoorrkk OOvveerrvviieeww >> AAccttiivvee AAddaapptteerr.

2. Connect the Ethernet cable to the printer. Make sure that the Ethernet cable has Internet connection.

3. To set up and manage your new Xerox printer, follow the instructions in the Xerox Easy Assist.

CONNECTING THE PRINTER TO A WI-FI NETWORK

Before you begin, make sure that:

• Active Adapter is set to Auto. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >> NNeettwwoorrkk//PPoorrttss >> NNeettwwoorrkk OOvveerrvviieeww >>

AAccttiivvee AAddaapptteerr.

• The Ethernet cable is not connected to the printer.

Using the wireless setup wizard in the printer

Before using the wizard, make sure that the printer firmware is updated. For more information, see Updating

Software.

1. From the home screen, touch > SSeett uupp nnooww.

2. Select a Wi-Fi network, and then type the network password.

3. Touch DDoonnee.

Using the Settings Menu in the Printer

1. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >> NNeettwwoorrkk//PPoorrttss >> WWiirreelleessss >> SSeettuupp OOnn PPrriinntteerr PPaanneell >> CChhoooossee

NNeettwwoorrkk.

2. Select a Wi-Fi network, then type the network password.

Note: For Wi-Fi-network-ready printer models, a prompt to set up the Wi-Fi network appears during initial

setup.

CONNECTING THE PRINTER TO A WIRELESS NETWORK USING WI-FI PROTECTED SETUP (WPS)

Before you begin, make sure that:

• The access point (wireless router) is WPS-certified or WPS-compatible. For more information, see the

documentation that came with your access point.

• A wireless network adapter is installed in your printer. For more information, see the instructions that came with

the adapter.

44 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Set up, Install, and Configure

Using the Push Button method

1. From the control panel, navigate to:

SSeettttiinnggss >NNeettwwoorrkk//PPoorrttss >WWiirreelleessss >WWii--FFii PPrrootteecctteedd SSeettuupp >SSttaarrtt PPuusshh BBuuttttoonn MMeetthhoodd

2. Follow the instructions on the display.

Using the personal identification number (PIN) method

1. From the control panel, navigate to:

SSeettttiinnggss >NNeettwwoorrkk//PPoorrttss >WWiirreelleessss >WWii--FFii PPrrootteecctteedd SSeettuupp >SSttaarrtt PPIINN MMeetthhoodd

2. Copy the eight-digit WPS PIN.

3. Open a Web browser, then type the IP address of your access point in the address field.

View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers

separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.

4. Access the WPS settings. For more information, see the documentation that came with your access point.

5. Enter the eight-digit PIN, then save the changes.

CONFIGURING WI-FI DIRECT

Wi-Fi Direct is a Wi-Fi-based peer-to-peer technology that allows wireless devices to connect directly to a Wi-Fi

Direct-enabled printer without using an access point (wireless router).

1. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >> NNeettwwoorrkk//PPoorrttss >> WWii--FFii DDiirreecctt.

2. Configure the settings.

•EEnnaabbllee WWii--FFii DDiirreecctt—Enables the printer to broadcast its own Wi-Fi Direct network.

•WWii--FFii DDiirreecctt NNaammee—Assigns a name for the Wi-Fi Direct network.

•WWii--FFii DDiirreecctt PPaasssswwoorrdd—Assigns the password for negotiating the wireless security when using the peer-to-

peer connection.

•SShhooww PPaasssswwoorrdd oonn SSeettuupp PPaaggee—Shows the password on the Network Setup Page.

•AAuuttoo--AAcccceepptt PPuusshh BBuuttttoonn RReeqquueessttss—Lets the printer accept connection requests automatically.

Note: Accepting push-button requests automatically is not secured.

• By default, the Wi-Fi Direct network password is not visible on the printer display. To show the password,

enable the password peek icon. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >> SSeeccuurriittyy >> MMiisscceellllaanneeoouuss >>

EEnnaabbllee PPaasssswwoorrdd//PPIINN RReevveeaall.

• To know the password of the Wi-Fi Direct network without showing it on the printer display, from the home

screen touch SSeettttiinnggss >> RReeppoorrttss >> NNeettwwoorrkk >> NNeettwwoorrkk SSeettuupp.

CONNECTING A MOBILE DEVICE TO THE PRINTER

Before connecting your mobile device, make sure that Wi-Fi Direct has been configured. For more information, see

Configuring Wi-Fi Direct.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 45

Set up, Install, and Configure

Connecting Using Wi-Fi Direct

Note: These instructions apply only to Android mobile devices.

1. From the mobile device, go to the settings menu.

2. Enable WWii--FFii, and then tap WWii--FFii DDiirreecctt.

3. Select the printer Wi-Fi Direct name.

4. Confirm the connection on the printer control panel.

Connecting Using Wi-Fi

1. From the mobile device, go to the settings menu.

2. Tap WWii--FFii, and then select the printer Wi-Fi Direct name.

Note: The string DIRECT-xy (where x and y are two random characters) is added before the Wi-Fi Direct

name.

3. Enter the Wi-Fi Direct password.

CONNECTING A COMPUTER TO THE PRINTER

Before connecting your computer, make sure that Wi-Fi Direct has been configured. For more information, see

Configuring Wi-Fi Direct.

For Windows Users

1. Open the printers folder.

2. Select the printer you want to update, and then do either of the following:

• For Windows 7 or later, select PPrriinntteerr pprrooppeerrttiieess.

• For earlier versions, select PPrrooppeerrttiieess.

3. Navigate to the Configuration tab, and then select UUppddaattee NNooww -- AAsskk PPrriinntteerr.

4. Apply the changes.

For Macintosh Users

1. From System Preferences in the Apple menu, navigate to your printer, and then select OOppttiioonnss && SSuupppplliieess.

2. Navigate to the list of hardware options, and then add any installed options.

3. Apply the changes.

DEACTIVATING THE WI-FI NETWORK

1. From the printer control panel, navigate to:

SSeettttiinnggss >NNeettwwoorrkk//PPoorrttss >NNeettwwoorrkk OOvveerrvviieeww >AAccttiivvee AAddaapptteerr >SSttaannddaarrdd NNeettwwoorrkkiinngg

2. Follow the instructions on the display.

46 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Set up, Install, and Configure

CHECKING THE PRINTER CONNECTIVITY

1. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >RReeppoorrttss >NNeettwwoorrkk >NNeettwwoorrkk SSeettuupp PPaaggee.

2. Check the first section of the network setup page, and confirm that the status is connected.

If the status is not connected, then the LAN drop may be inactive, or the network cable may be malfunctioning.

Contact your administrator for assistance.

CHANGING THE PRINTER PORT SETTINGS AFTER INSTALLING AN INTERNAL SOLUTIONS PORT

• If the printer has a static IP address, then do not change the configuration.

• If the computers are configured to use the network name instead of an IP address, then do not change the

configuration.

• If you are adding a wireless internal solution port (ISP) to a printer previously configured for an Ethernet

connection, then disconnect the printer from the Ethernet network.

For Windows users

1. Open the printers folder.

2. From the shortcut menu of the printer with the new ISP, open the printer properties.

3. Configure the port from the list.

4. Update the IP address.

5. Apply the changes.

For Macintosh users

1. From System Preferences in the Apple menu, navigate to the list of printers, then select ++ >IIPP.

2. Type the IP address in the address field.

3. Apply the changes.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 47

Set up, Install, and Configure

Setting Up and Using the Home Screen Applications

Note: These applications are supported only in some printer models.

FINDING THE IP ADDRESS OF THE PRINTER

To view the IP address of the printer, open the Home Screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers

separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.

If you are using a proxy server, temporarily disable it to load the Web page correctly.

MANAGING BOOKMARKS

Creating bookmarks

Use bookmarks to print frequently accessed documents that are stored in servers or on the web.

1. Open a web browser, then type the printer IP address in the address field.

View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers

separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.

2. Click BBooookkmmaarrkk SSeettuupp >AAdddd BBooookkmmaarrkk, then type a unique name for the bookmark.

3. Select an Address protocol type, then do one of the following:

• For HTTP and HTTPS, type the URL that you want to bookmark.

• For HTTPS, make sure to use the host name instead of the IP address. For example, type myWebsite.com/

sample.pdf instead of typing 123.123.123.123/sample.pdf. Make sure that the host name also matches the

Common Name (CN) value in the server certificate. For more information on obtaining the CN value in the

server certificate, see the help information for your web browser.

• For FTP, type the FTP address. For example, myServer/myDirectory. Enter the FTP port. Port 21 is the default

port for sending commands.

• For SMB, type the network folder address. For example, myServer/myShare/myFile.pdf. Type the network

domain name.

• If necessary, select the Authentication type for FTP and SMB.

To limit access to the bookmark, enter a PIN.

Note: The application supports the following file types: PDF, JPEG, TIFF, and HTML-based web pages. Other

file types such as DOCX and XLXS are supported in some printer models.

4. Click SSaavvee.

Note: To manage bookmarks, click BBooookkmmaarrkk SSeettuupp.

Creating folders

1. Open a web browser, then type the printer IP address in the address field.

View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers

separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.

48 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Set up, Install, and Configure

2. Click BBooookkmmaarrkk SSeettuupp >AAdddd FFoollddeerr, then type a unique name for the folder.

Note: To limit access to the folder, enter a PIN.

3. Click SSaavvee.

• You can create folders or bookmarks inside a folder. To create a bookmark, refer to Creating bookmarks.

• To manage folders, click BBooookkmmaarrkk SSeettuupp.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 49

Set up, Install, and Configure

Setting up the printer to fax

• The following connection methods are applicable only in some countries or regions.

• During the initial printer setup, clear the fax function check box and any other function you plan to set up later,

then select CCoonnttiinnuuee.

• If the fax function is enabled and not fully set up, then the indicator light may blink red.

WWaarrnniinngg:: Do not touch cables or the printer in the area shown while actively sending or receiving a fax.

SETTING UP THE FAX FUNCTION

1. From the control panel, navigate to:

SSeettttiinnggss >> DDeevviiccee >> PPrreeffeerreenncceess >> RRuunn IInniittiiaall SSeettuupp

2. Turn off the printer, wait for about 10 seconds, then turn on the printer.

3. From the Before You Begin screen, select CChhaannggee tthhee SSeettttiinnggss aanndd CCoonnttiinnuuee wwiitthh tthhee WWiizzaarrdd.

4. From the Fax/Email Server Setup screen, enter the needed information.

5. Finish the setup.

Using the fax setup wizard in the printer

• This wizard appears only when analog fax is not yet set up.

• This wizard only sets up the analog fax. To setup other fax modes, go to Settings > Fax > Fax Setup.

• Before using the wizard, make sure that the printer firmware is updated. For more information, see Updating

Software.

1. From the home screen, touch FFaaxx.

2. Touch SSeett uupp nnooww.

3. Type the fax name, and then touch NNeexxtt.

4. Enter the fax number and then touch DDoonnee.

50 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Set up, Install, and Configure

Using the Settings menu in the printer

1. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >FFaaxx >FFaaxx SSeettuupp >GGeenneerraall FFaaxx sseettttiinnggss.

2. Configure the settings.

Using the Embedded Web Server

1. Open a Web browser, then type the printer IP address in the address field.

To view the IP address of the printer, refer to Finding the IP Address of the Printer.

2. Click SSeettttiinnggss >> FFaaxx >> FFaaxx SSeettuupp >> GGeenneerraall FFaaxx SSeettttiinnggss.

3. Configure the settings.

4. Apply the changes.

SETTING UP FAX USING A STANDARD TELEPHONE LINE

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electrical shock, do not set up this product or make

any electrical or cabling connections, such as the power cord, fax feature, or telephone, during a lightning

storm.

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electrical shock, do not use the fax feature during a

lightning storm.

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: To reduce the risk of fire, use only a 26 AWG or larger

telecommunications (RJ-11) cord when connecting this product to the public switched telephone network.

For users in Australia, the cord must be approved by the Australian Communications and Media Authority.

Setup 1: Printer is connected to a dedicated fax line

1. Connect one end of the telephone cable to the line port of the printer.

2. Connect the other end of the cable to an active analog wall jack.

• You can set the printer to receive faxes automatically (Auto Answer On) or manually (Auto Answer Off).

• If you want to receive faxes automatically, then set the printer to pick up on a specified number of rings.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 51

Set up, Install, and Configure

Setup 2: Printer is sharing the line with an answering machine

Note: If you subscribe to a distinctive ring service, then make sure that you set the correct ring pattern for

the printer. Otherwise, the printer does not receive faxes even if you have set it to receive faxes

automatically.

VVaarriioouuss ccoonnffiigguurraattiioonnss ttrroo ccoonnnneecctt ttoo ddiiffffeerreenntt wwaallll jjaacckkss

1. Connect one end of the telephone cable to the line port of the printer.

2. Connect the other end of the cable to an active analog wall jack.

• If you have only one telephone number on your line, then set the printer to receive faxes automatically.

• Set the printer to pick up calls two rings after the answering machine. For example, if the answering machine

picks up calls after four rings, then set the printer Rings to Answer setting to six.

SETTING UP FAX IN COUNTRIES OR REGIONS WITH DIFFERENT TELEPHONE WALL JACKS AND

PLUGS

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electrical shock, do not set up this product or make

any electrical or cabling connections, such as the power cord, fax feature, or telephone, during a lightning

storm.

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electrical shock, do not use the fax feature during a

lightning storm.

WWaarrnniinngg:: To reduce the risk of fire, use only a 26 AWG or larger telecommunications (RJ-11) cord when

connecting this product to the public switched telephone network. For users in Australia, the cord must be

approved by the Australian Communications and Media Authority.

The standard wall jack adopted by most countries or regions is RJ11. If the wall jack or equipment in your facility is

not compatible with this type of connection, then use a telephone adapter. An adapter for your country or region

may not come with your printer, and you may need to purchase it separately.

There may be an adapter plug installed in the telephone port of the printer. Do not remove the adapter plug from

52 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Set up, Install, and Configure

the telephone port of the printer if you are connecting to a serial or cascaded telephone system.

Connecting the printer to a non-RJ11 wall jack

1. Connect one end of the telephone cable to the line port of the printer.

2. Connect the other end of the cable to the RJ11 adapter, then connect the adapter to the wall jack.

3. If you want to connect another device with a non-RJ11 connector to the same wall jack, then connect it

directly to the telephone adapter.

Connecting the printer to a wall jack in Germany

The German wall jack has two kinds of ports. The N ports are for fax machines, modems, and answering machines.

The F port is for telephones. Connect the printer to any of the N ports.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 53

Set up, Install, and Configure

1. Connect one end of the telephone cable to the line port of the printer.

2. Connect the other end of the cable to the RJ11 adapter, then connect the adapter to an N port.

3. If you want to connect a telephone and answering machine to the same wall jack, then connect the devices as

shown.

CONNECTING TO A DISTINCTIVE RING SERVICE

A distinctive ring service lets you have multiple telephone numbers on one telephone line. Each telephone number is

assigned a different ring pattern.

1. From the control panel, navigate to:

SSeettttiinnggss >FFaaxx >FFaaxx SSeettuupp >FFaaxx RReecceeiivvee SSeettttiinnggss >AAddmmiinn CCoonnttrroollss >AAnnsswweerr OOnn

2. Select a ring pattern.

3. Apply the changes.

SETTING THE FAX DATE AND TIME

1. From the control panel, navigate to:

SSeettttiinnggss >> DDeevviiccee >> PPrreeffeerreenncceess >> DDaattee aanndd TTiimmee >> CCoonnffiigguurree

2. Configure the settings.

CONFIGURING DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME

1. From the control panel, navigate to:

SSeettttiinnggss >> DDeevviiccee >> PPrreeffeerreenncceess >> DDaattee aanndd TTiimmee >> CCoonnffiigguurree

For non-touch-screen printer models, to navigate through the settings, press OOKK.

2. From the Time Zone menu, select the required time zone.

3. Configure the settings.

CONFIGURING THE FAX SPEAKER SETTINGS

1. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >FFaaxx >FFaaxx SSeettuupp >SSppeeaakkeerr SSeettttiinnggss.

2. Do the following:

• Set the Speaker Mode to AAllwwaayyss OOnn.

• Set the Speaker Volume to HHiigghh.

• Activate the Ringer Volume.

54 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Set up, Install, and Configure

Configuring the Email SMTP Settings

Configure the Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) settings to send a scanned document through e-mail. The

settings vary with each email service provider.

Before you begin, make sure that the printer is connected to a network and that the network is connected to the

Internet.

USING THE EMAIL SETUP WIZARD IN THE PRINTER

Before using the wizard, make sure that the printer firmware is updated. For more information, refer to Updating

Software.

1. From the home screen, touch EEmmaaiill.

2. Touch and type your e-mail address.

3. Type the password.

• Depending on your e-mail service provider, type your account password, app password, or authentication

password. For more information on the password, refer to the list of Email Service Providers, and then look

for Device Password.

• If your provider is not listed, contact your provider and ask for the Primary SMTP Gateway, Primary SMTP

Gateway Port, Use SSL/TLS, and SMTP Server Authentication settings.

4. Touch OOKK.

USING THE SETTINGS MENU IN THE PRINTER

1. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >> EE--mmaaiill >> EE--mmaaiill SSeettuupp.

2. Configure the settings.

• For more information on the password, refer to the list of Email Service Providers.

• For email service providers that are not on the list, contact your provider and ask for the settings.

USING THE EMBEDDED WEB SERVER

1. Open a web browser, and then type the printer IP address in the address field.

• View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers

separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.

• If you are using a proxy server, then temporarily disable it to load the web page correctly.

2. Click SSeettttiinnggss >> EEmmaaiill.

3. From the Email Setup section, configure the settings.

• For more information on the password, refer to the list of Email Service Providers.

• For email service providers that are not on the list, contact your provider and ask for the settings.

4. Click SSaavvee.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 55

Set up, Install, and Configure

EMAIL SERVICE PROVIDERS

To determine the SMTP settings of your email service provider, use the following tables.

Note: For each Email Service Provider, the port number can be different according to the Primary SMTP

Gateway.

Gmail™

Note: Make sure that two-step verification is enabled on your Google account.

To enable two-step verification, go to the Google Account Security page, log in to your account, then from the

Signing in to Google section, click 22--SStteepp VVeerriiffiiccaattiioonn.

SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE

Primary SMTP Gateway smtp.gmail.com

Primary SMTP Gateway Port 587

Note: The port number can be different according to the

Primary SMTP Gateway. For example, it can be 25, 465 or

587.

Use SSL/TLS Required

Require Trusted Certificate Disabled

Reply Address Your email address

SMTP Server Authentication Login/Plain

Device-Initiated E-mail Use Device SMTP Credentials

Device UserID Your email address

Device Password App password

Note: To create an app password, go to the Google Account

Security page, log in to your account, and from the Signing in

to Google section, click AApppp ppaasssswwoorrddss.

Yahoo!®Mail

SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE

Primary SMTP Gateway smtp.mail.yahoo.com

Primary SMTP Gateway Port 587

Use SSL/TLS Required

Require Trusted Certificate Disabled

Reply Address Your email address

56 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Set up, Install, and Configure

SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE

SMTP Server Authentication Login/Plain

Device-Initiated E-mail Use Device SMTP Credentials

Device UserID Your email address

Device Password App password

Note: To create an app password, go to the Yahoo Account

Security page, log in to your account, and then click

GGeenneerraattee aapppp ppaasssswwoorrdd

Outlook Live

These settings apply to outlook.com and hotmail.com email domains.

SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE

Primary SMTP Gateway smtp.office365.com

Primary SMTP Gateway Port 587

Use SSL/TLS Required

Require Trusted Certificate Disabled

Reply Address Your email address

SMTP Server Authentication Login/Plain

Device-Initiated E-mail Use Device SMTP Credentials

Device UserID Your email address

Device Password Account password or app password

• For accounts with two-step verification disabled, use your account

password.

• For accounts with two-step verification enabled, use an app

password. To create an app password, go to the Outlook Live

Account Managment page, then log in to your account.

AOL Mail

SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE

Primary SMTP Gateway smtp.aol.com

Primary SMTP Gateway Port 587

Use SSL/TLS Required

Require Trusted Certificate Disabled

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 57

Set up, Install, and Configure

SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE

Reply Address Your email address

SMTP Server Authentication Login/Plain

Device-Initiated E-mail Use Device SMTP Credentials

Device UserID Your email address

Device Password App password

Note: To create an app password, go to the AOL Account

Security page, log in to your account, then click GGeenneerraattee

aapppp ppaasssswwoorrdd.

iCloud Mail

Note: Make sure that the two-step verification is enabled on your account.

SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE

Primary SMTP Gateway smtp.mail.me.com

Primary SMTP Gateway Port 587

Use SSL/TLS Required

Require Trusted Certificate Disabled

Reply Address Your email address

SMTP Server Authentication Login/Plain

Device-Initiated E-mail Use Device SMTP Credentials

Device UserID Your email address

Device Password App password

Note: To create an app password, go to the iCloud Account

Management page, log in to your account, then from the

Security section, click GGeenneerraattee PPaasssswwoorrdd.

Comcast Mail

SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE

Primary SMTP Gateway smtp.comcast.net

Primary SMTP Gateway Port 587

Use SSL/TLS Required

Require Trusted Certificate Disabled

58 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Set up, Install, and Configure

SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE

Reply Address Your email address

SMTP Server Authentication Login/Plain

Device-Initiated Email Use Device SMTP Credentials

Device UserID Your email address

Device Password Account password

Mail.com

SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE

Primary SMTP Gateway smtp.mail.com

Primary SMTP Gateway Port 587

Use SSL/TLS Required

Require Trusted Certificate Disabled

Reply Address Your email address

SMTP Server Authentication Login/Plain

Device-Initiated E-mail Use Device SMTP Credentials

Device UserID Your email address

Device Password Account password

Zoho Mail

SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE

Primary SMTP Gateway smtp.zoho.com

Primary SMTP Gateway Port 587

Use SSL/TLS Required

Require Trusted Certificate Disabled

Reply Address Your email address

SMTP Server Authentication Login/Plain

Device-Initiated E-mail Use Device SMTP Credentials

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 59

Set up, Install, and Configure

SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE

Device UserID Your email address

Device Password Account password or app password

• For accounts with two-step verification disabled, use your account

password.

• For accounts with two-step verification enabled, use an app

password. To create an app password, go to the Zoho Mail

Account Security page, log in to your account, then from the

Application-Specific Passwords section, click GGeenneerraattee NNeeww

PPaasssswwoorrdd.

QQ Mail

Note: Make sure that the SMTP service is enabled on your account.

To enable the service, from the QQ Mail home page, click SSeettttiinnggss >> AAccccoouunntt, then from the POP3/IMAP/SMTP/

Exchange/CardDAV/CalDAV Service section, enable either PPOOPP33//SSMMTTPP sseerrvviiccee or IIMMAAPP//SSMMTTPP sseerrvviiccee.

SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE

Primary SMTP Gateway smtp.qq.com

Primary SMTP Gateway Port 587

Use SSL/TLS Required

Require Trusted Certificate Disabled

Reply Address Your email address

SMTP Server Authentication Login/Plain

Device-Initiated E-mail Use Device SMTP Credentials

Device UserID Your email address

Device Password Authorization code

Note: To generate an authorization code, from the QQ Mail

home page, click SSeettttiinnggss >> AAccccoouunntt, then from the POP3/

IMAP/SMTP/Exchange/CardDAV/CalDAV Service section,

click GGeenneerraattee aauutthhoorriizzaattiioonn ccooddee

NetEase Mail (mail.163.com)

Note: Make sure that the SMTP service is enabled on your account.

To enable the service, from the NetEase Mail home page, click SSeettttiinnggss >> PPOOPP33//SSMMTTPP//IIMMAAPP, and then enable

either IIMMAAPP//SSMMTTPP sseerrvviiccee or PPOOPP33//SSMMTTPP sseerrvviiccee.

60 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Set up, Install, and Configure

SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE

Primary SMTP Gateway smtp.163.com

Primary SMTP Gateway Port 465

Use SSL/TLS Required

Require Trusted Certificate Disabled

Reply Address Your email address

SMTP Server Authentication Login/Plain

Device-Initiated Email Use Device SMTP Credentials

Device UserID Your email address

Device Password Authorization password

Note: The authorization password is provided when IMAP/

SMTP service or POP3/SMTP service is enabled.

NetEase Mail (mail.126.com)

Note: Make sure that the SMTP service is enabled on your account.

To enable the service, from the NetEase Mail home page, click SSeettttiinnggss >> PPOOPP33//SSMMTTPP//IIMMAAPP, then enable either

IIMMAAPP//SSMMTTPP sseerrvviiccee or PPOOPP33//SSMMTTPP sseerrvviiccee.

SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE

Primary SMTP Gateway smtp.126.com

Primary SMTP Gateway Port 465

Use SSL/TLS Required

Require Trusted Certificate Disabled

Reply Address Your email address

SMTP Server Authentication Login/Plain

Device-Initiated Email Use Device SMTP Credentials

Device UserID Your email address

Device Password Authorization password

Note: The authorization password is provided when IMAP/

SMTP service or POP3/SMTP service is enabled.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 61

Set up, Install, and Configure

NetEase Mail (mail.yeah.net)

Note: Make sure that the SMTP service is enabled on your account.

To enable the service, from the NetEase Mail home page, click SSeettttiinnggss >> PPOOPP33//SSMMTTPP//IIMMAAPP, and then enable

either IIMMAAPP//SSMMTTPP sseerrvviiccee or PPOOPP33//SSMMTTPP sseerrvviiccee.

SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE

Primary SMTP Gateway smtp.yeah.net

Primary SMTP Gateway Port 465

Use SSL/TLS Required

Require Trusted Certificate Disabled

Reply Address Your email address

SMTP Server Authentication Login/Plain

Device-Initiated Email Use Device SMTP Credentials

Device UserID Your email address

Device Password Authorization password

Note: The authorization password is provided when IMAP/

SMTP service or POP3/SMTP service is enabled.

Sohu Mail

Note: Make sure that the SMTP service is enabled on your account.

To enable the service, from the Sohu Mail home page, click OOppttiioonnss >> SSeettttiinnggss >> PPOOPP33//SSMMTTPP//IIMMAAPP, and then

enable either IIMMAAPP//SSMMTTPP sseerrvviiccee or PPOOPP33//SSMMTTPP sseerrvviiccee.

SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE

Primary SMTP Gateway smtp.sohu.com

Primary SMTP Gateway Port 465

Use SSL/TLS Required

Require Trusted Certificate Disabled

Reply Address Your email address

SMTP Server Authentication Login/Plain

Device-Initiated Email Use Device SMTP Credentials

62 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Set up, Install, and Configure

SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE

Device UserID Your email address

Device Password Independent password

Note: The independent password is provided when IMAP/SMTP

service or POP3/SMTP service is enabled.

Sina Mail

Note: Make sure that the POP3/SMTP service is enabled on your account.

To enable the service, from the Sina Mail home page, click SSeettttiinnggss >> MMoorree sseettttiinnggss >> UUsseerr--eenndd PPOOPP//IIMMAAPP//

SSMMTTPP, and then enable PPOOPP33//SSMMTTPP sseerrvviiccee.

SSEETTTTIINNGG VVAALLUUEE

Primary SMTP Gateway smtp.sina.com

Primary SMTP Gateway Port 587

Use SSL/TLS Required

Require Trusted Certificate Disabled

Reply Address Your email address

SMTP Server Authentication Login/Plain

Device-Initiated Email Use Device SMTP Credentials

Device UserID Your email address

Device Password Authorization code

Note: To create an authorization code, from the email home page,

click SSeettttiinnggss >> MMoorree sseettttiinnggss >> UUsseerr--eenndd PPOOPP//IIMMAAPP//SSMMTTPP,

and then enable AAuutthhoorriizzaattiioonn ccooddee ssttaattuuss.

• If you encounter errors using the settings provided, then contact your email service provider.

• For email service providers that are not on the list, contact your provider and ask for the settings.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 63

Set up, Install, and Configure

Setting up using accessbility features

ACTIVATING VOICE GUIDANCE

From the control panel

1. Press and hold the 55 key until you hear a voice message.

2. Select OOKK.

From the keyboard

1. Press and hold the 55 key until you hear a voice message.

2. Press TTaabb to navigate the focus cursor to the OK button, then press EEnntteerr.

• Voice Guidance is also activated when you insert headphones into the headphone jack.

• To adjust the volume, use the volume buttons at the bottom part of the control panel.

NAVIGATING THE SCREEN USING GESTURES

• The gestures are applicable only when Voice Guidance is activated.

• Enable Magnification to use the zoom and pan gestures.

• Use a physical keyboard to type characters and adjust certain settings.

GGEESSTTUURREE FFUUNNCCTTIIOONN

Double-tap Select an option or item on the screen.

Triple-tap Zoom in or zoom out text and images.

Swipe right or swipe down Move to the next item on the screen.

Swipe left or swipe up Move to the previous item on the screen.

Pan Access parts of the zoomed image that are beyond the

limits of the screen.

This gesture requires the use of two fingers to drag

across a zoomed image.

Swipe up then left Exit an application and return to the home screen.

Swipe down then left • Cancel a job.

• Go back to the previous setting.

• Exit the screen that appears without changing any

setting or value.

Swipe up then down Repeat a spoken prompt.

64 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Set up, Install, and Configure

ENABLING MAGNIFICATION MODE

1. From the control panel, press and hold the 55 key until you hear a voice message.

2. Select MMaaggnniiffiiccaattiioonn mmooddee.

3. Select OOKK.

For more information on navigating a magnified screen, refer to Navigating the screen using gestures.

ADJUSTING THE VOICE GUIDANCE SPEECH RATE

1. From the home screen, select SSeettttiinnggss >DDeevviiccee >AAcccceessssiibbiilliittyy >SSppeeeecchh RRaattee.

2. Select the speech rate.

USING THE KEYBOARD ON THE DISPLAY

Do one or more of the following:

• Drag a finger over the key to announce the character.

• Lift the finger to enter or type the character in the field.

• Select BBaacckkssppaaccee to delete characters.

• To hear the content in the input field, select TTaabb, then select SShhiifftt ++ TTaabb.

ENABLING SPOKEN PASSWORDS OR PERSONAL IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS

1. From the home screen, select SSeettttiinnggss >DDeevviiccee >AAcccceessssiibbiilliittyy >SSppeeaakk PPaasssswwoorrddss//PPIINNss.

2. Enable the setting.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 65

Set up, Install, and Configure

Loading paper and specialty media

SETTING THE PAPER SIZE AND TYPE

1. From the control panel, navigate to:

SSeettttiinnggss >PPaappeerr >TTrraayy CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >PPaappeerr SSiizzee//TTyyppee > select a paper source

2. Set the paper size and type.

CONFIGURING UNIVERSAL PAPER SETTINGS

1. From the control panel, navigate to:

SSeettttiinnggss >PPaappeerr >MMeeddiiaa CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >UUnniivveerrssaall SSeettuupp

2. Configure the settings.

LOADING TRAYS

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——TTIIPPPPIINNGG HHAAZZAARRDD:: To reduce the risk of equipment instability, load each tray separately.

Keep all other trays closed until needed.

1. Remove the tray.

Note: To avoid paper jams, do not remove trays while the printer is busy.

66 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Set up, Install, and Configure

2. Adjust the guides to match the size of the paper that you are loading.

Note: Use the indicators on the bottom of the tray to position the guides.

3. Flex, fan, and align the paper edges before loading.

4. Load the paper stack with the printable side faceup, and then make sure that the side guides fit snugly against

the paper.

• For one-sided printing, load letterhead faceup with the header toward the front of the tray.

• For two-sided printing, load letterhead facedown with the header toward the back of the tray.

• Do not slide paper into the tray.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 67

Set up, Install, and Configure

• To avoid paper jams, make sure that the stack height is below the maximum paper fill indicator.

5. Insert the tray.

If necessary, set the paper size and paper type from the control panel to match the paper loaded.

LOADING THE MULTIPURPOSE FEEDER

1. Open the multipurpose feeder.

Note: The multipurpose feeder is available only in some printer models.

2. Adjust the guide to match the size of the paper that you are loading.

68 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Set up, Install, and Configure

3. Flex, fan, and align the paper edges before loading.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 69

Set up, Install, and Configure

4. Load paper with the printable side facedown.

• Load letterhead with the printable side face down and the top edge entering the printer first for one-sided

printing

• Load letterhead with the printable side face up and the top edge entering the printer last for two-sided

printing

• Load envelopes with the flap side up and against the right side of the paper guide

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——TTIIPPPPIINNGG HHAAZZAARRDD:: Do not use envelopes with stamps, clasps, snaps, windows, coated

linings, or self-stick adhesives.

5. From the control panel, set the paper size and paper type to match the paper loaded.

70 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Set up, Install, and Configure

LOADING THE MANUAL FEEDER

1. Adjust the guide to match the size of the paper that you are loading.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 71

Set up, Install, and Configure

2. Load a sheet of paper with the printable side facedown.

• Load letterhead with the printable side facedown and the top edge entering the printer first for one-sided

printing.

• Load letterhead with the printable side face up and the top edge entering the printer last for two-sided

printing.

• Load envelope with the flap side up and against the right side of the paper guide.

3. Feed the paper until its leading edge gets pulled in.

WWaarrnniinngg——PPootteennttiiaall DDaammaaggee:: To avoid paper jams, do not force paper into the manual feeder.

72 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Set up, Install, and Configure

LINKING TRAYS

1. Open a Web browser, then type the printer IP address in the address field.

You can locate the printer IP address on the home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers

separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123

2. Click SSeettttiinnggss >> PPaappeerr >> TTrraayy CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn.

3. Set the same paper size and paper type for the trays that you are linking.

4. Save the settings.

5. Click SSeettttiinnggss >> DDeevviiccee >> MMaaiinntteennaannccee >> CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn MMeennuu >> TTrraayy CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn.

6. Set Tray Linking to AAuuttoommaattiicc.

7. Save the settings.

To unlink trays, make sure that no trays have the same paper size and paper type settings.

WWaarrnniinngg:: The temperature of the fuser varies according to the specified paper type. To avoid printing

issues, match the paper type setting in the printer with the paper loaded in the tray.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 73

Set up, Install, and Configure

Adjusting the speaker volume

ADJUSTING THE DEFAULT INTERNAL SPEAKER VOLUME

Note: The speaker is available only in some printer models.

1. From the control panel, touch SSeettttiinnggss >> DDeevviiccee >> PPrreeffeerreenncceess >> DDeevviiccee SSoouunnddss >> VVoolluummee

2. Adjust the volume.

• If Quiet Mode is enabled, then audible alerts are turned off. This setting also slows the printer performance.

• The volume resets to the default value after the session is logged out or when the printer wakes from Sleep or

Hibernate mode.

CONFIGURING THE FAX SPEAKER SETTINGS

Note: This feature is available only in some printer models.

1. From the control panel, navigate to:

SSeettttiinnggss >> FFaaxx >> FFaaxx SSeettuupp >> SSppeeaakkeerr SSeettttiinnggss

2. Do the following:

• Set the Speaker Mode to AAllwwaayyss OOnn.

• Set the Speaker Volume to HHiigghh.

• Activate the Ringer Volume.

74 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Set up, Install, and Configure

Configuring Device Sounds Settings

Note: The Device Sounds icon is available only in some printer models.

1. From the control panel, touch the DDeevviiccee SSoouunnddss icon.

The Status/Supplies screen appears.

2. At the Status/Supplies screen, touch DDeevviiccee SSoouunnddss:: OOnn.

The Device Sounds screen appears.

3. From the Device Sounds screen, you can enable or disable the following sound settings:

• Mute All Sounds

• Button Feedback

• Access Device Feedback

• Volume

• ADF Loaded Beep

• Alarm Control

• Cartridge Alarm

• Speaker Mode

• Ringer Volume

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 75

Set up, Install, and Configure

Setting up Card Copy

1. Open a web browser, then type the printer IP address in the address field.

View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers

separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.

2. Click AAppppss >CCaarrdd CCooppyy >CCoonnffiigguurree.

• Make sure that Display Icon is enabled.

• Make sure that E-mail Settings and Network Share Settings are configured.

• When scanning a card, make sure that the scan resolution does not exceed 200 dpi for color and 400 dpi

for black and white.

• When scanning multiple cards, make sure that the scan resolution does not exceed 150 dpi for color and

300 dpi for black and white.

3. Apply the changes.

Note: You need a printer hard disk to scan multiple cards.

76 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Set up, Install, and Configure

Using Shortcut Center

1. From the home screen, touch SShhoorrttccuutt CCeenntteerr, then select a printer function.

2. Touch CCrreeaattee SShhoorrttccuutt, then configure the settings.

3. Touch SSaavvee, then type a unique shortcut name.

4. Apply the changes.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 77

Set up, Install, and Configure

Setting up Device Quotas

You may need administrative rights to access the application.

1. Open a Web browser, then type the printer IP address in the address field.

View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers

separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.

2. Click AAppppss >DDeevviiccee QQuuoottaass >CCoonnffiigguurree.

3. From the User Accounts section, add or edit a user, then set the user quota.

4. Apply the changes.

Note: For information on how to configure the application and its security settings, see the Device Quotas

Administrator’s Guide.

78 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Set up, Install, and Configure

Configuring Eco-Settings

1. From the home screen, touch EEccoo--SSeettttiinnggss.

2. Configure Eco-Mode or Schedule Power Modes.

3. Apply the changes.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 79

Set up, Install, and Configure

Using Customer Support

1. From the home screen, touch CCuussttoommeerr SSuuppppoorrtt.

2. Print or e-mail the information.

Note: For information on configuring the application settings, see the Customer Support Administrator’s

Guide.

80 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Set up, Install, and Configure

Managing contacts

ADDING CONTACTS

1. Open a web browser, then type the printer IP address in the address field.

View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers

separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.

2. Click AAddddrreessss BBooookk.

3. From the Contacts section, add a contact.

Note: You can assign the contact to one or more groups.

4. If necessary, specify a login method to allow application access.

5. Apply the changes.

ADDING GROUPS

1. Open a web browser, then type the printer IP address in the address field.

View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers

separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.

2. Click AAddddrreessss BBooookk.

3. From the Contact Groups section, add a group name.

Note: You can assign one or more contacts to the group.

4. Apply the changes.

EDITING CONTACTS OR GROUPS

1. Open a web browser, then type the printer IP address in the address field.

View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers

separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.

2. Click AAddddrreessss BBooookk.

3. Do either of the following:

• From the Contacts section, click a contact name, then edit the information.

• From the Contact Groups section, click a group name, then edit the information.

4. Apply the changes.

DELETING CONTACTS OR GROUPS

1. Open a web browser, then type the printer IP address in the address field.

View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers

separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.

2. Click AAddddrreessss BBooookk.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 81

Set up, Install, and Configure

3. Do either of the following:

• From the Contacts section, select a contact that you want to delete.

• From the Contact Groups section, select a group name that you want to delete.

82 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Set up, Install, and Configure

Installing and updating software, drivers, and firmware

INSTALLING THE PRINTER SOFTWARE

• The print driver is included in the software installer package.

• For Macintosh computers with macOS version 10.7 or later, you do not need to install the driver to print on an

AirPrint-certified printer. If you want custom printing features, then download the print driver.

1. Obtain a copy of the software installer package.

• From the software CD that came with your printer.

• Go to www.xerox.com/drivers.

2. Run the installer, and then follow the instructions on the computer screen.

ADDING PRINTERS TO A COMPUTER

Before you begin, do one of the following:

• Connect the printer and the computer to the same network. For more information on connecting the printer to

a network, see Connecting the Printer to a Wi-Fi Network.

• Connect the computer to the printer. For more information, see Connecting a computer to the printer.

• Connect the printer to the computer using a USB cable. For more information, see Attaching Cables.

Note: The USB cable is sold separately.

For Windows users

1. From a computer, install the print driver.

Note: For more information, see Installing the printer software.

2. Open PPrriinntteerrss && ssccaannnneerrss, and then click AAdddd aa pprriinntteerr oorr ssccaannnneerr.

3. Depending on your printer connection, do one of the following:

• Select a printer from the list, and then click AAdddd ddeevviiccee.

• Click SShhooww WWii--FFii DDiirreecctt pprriinntteerrss, select a printer, and then click AAdddd ddeevviiccee.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 83

Set up, Install, and Configure

• Click TThhee pprriinntteerr tthhaatt II wwaanntt iissnn’’tt lliisstteedd, and then from the Add Printer window, do the following:

1. Select AAdddd aa pprriinntteerr uussiinngg aa TTCCPP//IIPP aaddddrreessss oorr hhoossttnnaammee, and then click NNeexxtt.

2. In the “Hostname or IP address” field, type the printer IP address, and then click NNeexxtt.

• View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of

numbers separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.

• If you are using a proxy server, then temporarily disable it to load the web page correctly.

3. Select a print driver, and then click NNeexxtt.

4. Select UUssee tthhee pprriinntt ddrriivveerr tthhaatt iiss ccuurrrreennttllyy iinnssttaalllleedd ((rreeccoommmmeennddeedd)), and then click NNeexxtt.

5. Type a printer name, and then click NNeexxtt.

6. Select a printer sharing option, and then click NNeexxtt.

7. Click FFiinniisshh.

For Macintosh users

1. From a computer, open PPrriinntteerrss && SSccaannnneerrss.

2. Click the Plus icon (+), and then select a printer.

3. From the Use menu, select a print driver.

• To use the Macintosh print driver, select either AAiirrPPrriinntt or SSeeccuurree AAiirrPPrriinntt.

• If you want custom printing features, then select the Xerox print driver. To install the driver, see Installing

the printer software.

4. Add the printer.

INSTALLING THE PRINT DRIVER SOFTWARE

Before you install the print driver software, verify that the printer is plugged in, powered on, connected correctly,

and has a valid IP address. The IP address usually appears in the upper right corner of the control panel.

To view the IP address of the printer, refer to Finding the IP Address of the Printer.

Note: If the Software and Documentation disc is not available, download the latest drivers from www.xerox.

com/drivers

Operating System Requirements

• Windows 7 SP1, Windows 8, Windows 8.1, Windows 10, Windows 11, Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Server

2012, Windows Server 2016, Windows Server 2019, and Windows Server 2022.

• MacOS version 10.14 and later.

• UNIX and Linux: Your printer supports connection to various UNIX platforms through the network interface.

84 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Set up, Install, and Configure

Installing the Print Drivers for a Windows Network Printer

1. Insert the Software and Documentation disc into the appropriate drive on your computer. If the installer does

not start automatically, navigate to the drive, then double-click the SSeettuupp..eexxee installer file.

2. Click XXeerrooxx SSmmaarrtt SSttaarrtt —— DDrriivveerr IInnssttaalllleerr ((RReeccoommmmeennddeedd)).

3. At the License Agreement, click AAggrreeee.

4. From the list of discovered printers, select your printer.

When you install print drivers for a network printer, if your printer does not appear in the list, click DDoonn’’tt SSeeee

YYoouurr PPrriinntteerr??, then enter the IP address for your printer.

To view the IP address of your printer, refer to Finding the IP Address of the Printer.

5. Click QQuuiicckk IInnssttaallll.

A message appears that confirms that the installation is successful.

6. To complete the installation and close the Installer window, click DDoonnee.

Installing the Windows Print Driver .zip File

You can download print drivers from Xerox.com in a .zip file, then use the Windows Add Printer Wizard to install the

print drivers on your computer.

To install the print driver from the .zip file:

1. Download, then extract the required .zip file to a local directory on your computer.

2. At your computer, open the CCoonnttrrooll PPaanneell, then select DDeevviicceess aanndd PPrriinntteerrss >> AAdddd aa PPrriinntteerr.

3. Click TThhee pprriinntteerr tthhaatt II wwaanntt iissnn''tt lliisstteedd, then click AAdddd aa llooccaall pprriinntteerr oorr nneettwwoorrkk pprriinntteerr wwiitthh mmaannuuaall

sseettttiinnggss.

4. To use a previously established port, select UUssee aann eexxiissttiinngg ppoorrtt, then from the list, select a Standard TCP/IP

Port.

5. To create a Standard TCP/IP port:

a. Select CCrreeaattee aa NNeeww PPoorrtt.

b. For Type of port, select SSttaannddaarrdd TTCCPP//IIPP PPoorrtt, then click NNeexxtt.

c. In the Hostname or IP address field, type the printer IP address or host name.

d. To disable the feature, clear the check box for QQuueerryy tthhee pprriinntteerr aanndd aauuttoommaattiiccaallllyy sseelleecctt tthhee ddrriivveerr ttoo

uussee, then click NNeexxtt.

6. Click HHaavvee DDiisskk.

7. Click BBrroowwssee. Browse to, then select the driver.inf file for your printer. Click OOppeenn.

8. Select your printer model, then click NNeexxtt.

9. If a prompt appears because the print driver was installed previously, click UUssee tthhee ddrriivveerr tthhaatt iiss ccuurrrreennttllyy

iinnssttaalllleedd ((rreeccoommmmeennddeedd)).

10. In the Printer name field, type a name for your printer.

11. To install the print driver, click NNeexxtt.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 85

Set up, Install, and Configure

12. If needed, set the printer as the default printer.

Note: Before you select SShhaarree PPrriinntteerr, contact your system administrator.

13. To send a test page to the printer, click PPrriinntt aa tteesstt ppaaggee.

14. Click FFiinniisshh.

Installing the Print Drivers for a Windows USB Printer

1. Connect the B end of a standard A/B USB 2.0 or USB 3.0 cable to the USB Port on the back of the printer.

2. Connect the A end of the USB cable to the USB port on the computer.

3. If the Windows Found New Hardware Wizard appears, click ccaanncceell.

4. Insert the Software and Documentation disc into the appropriate drive on your computer. If the installer does

not start automatically, navigate to the drive, then double-click the SSeettuupp..eexxee installer file.

5. Click XXeerrooxx SSmmaarrtt SSttaarrtt —— DDrriivveerr IInnssttaalllleerr ((RReeccoommmmeennddeedd)).

6. At the License Agreement, click AAggrreeee.

7. From the list of discovered printers, select your printer, then click QQuuiicckk IInnssttaallll.

A message appears that confirms that the installation is successful.

8. To complete the installation and close the Installer window, click DDoonnee.

Installing the Printer as a Web Service on Devices

Web Services on Devices (WSD) allows a client to discover and access a remote device and its associated services

across a network. WSD supports device discovery, control, and use.

Installing a WSD Printer Using the Add Device Wizard

1. At your computer, click SSttaarrtt, then select PPrriinntteerrss aanndd SSccaannnneerrss.

2. To add the required printer, click AAdddd aa PPrriinntteerr oorr SSccaannnneerr.

3. In the list of available devices, select the device that you want to use, then click NNeexxtt.

Note: If the printer that you want to use does not appear in the list, click CCaanncceell. To add the printer

manually, use the IP address of the printer. For details, refer to Installing the Windows Print Driver .zip File.

4. Click CClloossee.

Installing the Drivers and Utilities for MacOS

1. Download the latest print driver from https://www.xerox.com/office/drivers.

2. Open the Xerox®Print Drivers 5.xx.x.dmg or .pkg as needed for your printer.

3. To run Xerox®Print Drivers 5.xx.x.dmg or .pkg, double-click the appropriate file name.

4. When prompted, click CCoonnttiinnuuee.

5. To accept the license agreement, click II AAggrreeee.

86 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Set up, Install, and Configure

6. To accept the current installation location, click IInnssttaallll, or select another location for the installation files, then

click IInnssttaallll.

7. If prompted, enter your password, then click OOKK.

8. From the list of discovered printers, select your printer, then click NNeexxtt.

9. If your printer does not appear in the list of discovered printers:

a. Click the NNeettwwoorrkk PPrriinntteerr IIccoonn.

b. Type the IP address of your printer, then click CCoonnttiinnuuee.

c. Select your printer in the list of discovered printers, then click CCoonnttiinnuuee.

10. If your printer was not detected, verify that the printer is powered on and that the Ethernet or USB cable is

connected properly.

11. To accept the print queue message, click OOKK.

12. Select or clear the SSeett PPrriinntteerr aass DDeeffaauulltt and PPrriinntt aa TTeesstt PPaaggee check boxes.

13. Click CCoonnttiinnuuee, then click CClloossee.

Adding the Printer for MacOS

For networking, set up your printer using Bonjour®(mDNS), or for an LPD, LPR connection, connect using the IP

address of your printer. For a non-network printer, create a desktop USB connection.

For more information, go to the Online Support Assistant at: https://www.xerox.com/support.

AAddddiinngg tthhee PPrriinntteerr UUssiinngg BBoonnjjoouurr

To add the printer using Bonjour®:

1. From the computer Applications folder or from the dock, open SSyysstteemm PPrreeffeerreenncceess.

2. Click PPrriinntteerrss && SSccaannnneerrss.

The list of printers appears on the left of the window.

3. For the list of printers, click the Plus icon (++).

4. At the top of the window, click the DDeeffaauulltt icon.

5. Select your printer from the list, then click AAdddd.

Note: If your printer is not detected, verify that the printer is powered on and that the Ethernet cable is

connected properly.

AAddddiinngg tthhee PPrriinntteerr bbyy SSppeecciiffyyiinngg tthhee IIPP AAddddrreessss

To add the printer by specifying the IP address:

1. From the computer Applications folder or from the dock, open SSyysstteemm PPrreeffeerreenncceess.

2. Click PPrriinntteerrss && SSccaannnneerrss.

The list of printers appears on the left of the window.

3. In the list of printers, click the Plus (++) icon.

4. Click IIPP.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 87

Set up, Install, and Configure

5. From the Protocol list, select the protocol.

6. In the Address field, enter the IP address of the printer.

7. In the Name field, enter a name for the printer.

8. From the Use list, choose SSeelleecctt aa ddrriivveerr ttoo uussee.

9. From the printer software list, select the print driver for your printer model.

10. Click AAdddd.

Installing Print Drivers and Utilities for UNIX and Linux

For more information on installing print drivers and utilities for UNIX and Linux, refer to https://www.xerox.com/

office/drivers.

UPDATING SOFTWARE

Some applications require a minimum device software level to operate correctly.

For more information on updating the device software, contact your customer service representative.

1. Open a web browser, then type the printer IP address in the address field.

• View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers

separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.

• If you are using a proxy server, then temporarily disable it to load the web page correctly.

2. Click SSeettttiinnggss >> DDeevviiccee >> SSooffttwwaarree UUppddaattee.

3. Choose one of the following:

• Click CChheecckk ffoorr uuppddaatteess >> II aaggrreeee,, ssttaarrtt uuppddaattee.

• To upload the software file, perform the following steps:

To get the latest software, go to www.xerox.com, and search for your printer model.

1. Browse to the software file.

Note: Make sure that you have extracted the software.zip file.

2. Click UUppllooaadd >> SSttaarrtt.

EXPORTING OR IMPORTING A CONFIGURATION FILE

You can export the configuration settings of your printer into a text file, and then import the file to apply the

settings to other printers.

1. Open a Web browser, then type the printer IP address in the address field.

• View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers

separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.

• If you are using a proxy server, temporarily disable it to load the Web page correctly.

2. From the Embedded Web Server, click EExxppoorrtt CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn or IImmppoorrtt CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn.

3. Follow the instructions on the screen.

88 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Set up, Install, and Configure

4. If the printer supports applications, then do the following:

a. Click AAppppss, select the application, then click CCoonnffiigguurree.

b. Click EExxppoorrtt or IImmppoorrtt.

ADDING AVAILABLE OPTIONS IN THE PRINT DRIVER

For Windows users

1. Open the printers folder.

2. Select the printer you want to update, and then do either of the following:

• For Windows 7 or later, select PPrriinntteerr pprrooppeerrttiieess.

• For earlier versions, select PPrrooppeerrttiieess.

3. Navigate to the Configuration tab, and then select UUppddaattee NNooww -- AAsskk PPrriinntteerr.

4. Apply the changes.

For Macintosh users

1. From System Preferences in the Apple menu, navigate to your printer, and then select OOppttiioonnss && SSuupppplliieess.

2. Navigate to the list of hardware options, and then add any installed options.

3. Apply the changes.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 89

Set up, Install, and Configure

Printing the Menu Settings Page

From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >RReeppoorrttss >MMeennuu SSeettttiinnggss PPaaggee.

90 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Set up, Install, and Configure

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 91

Secure the printer

This chapter contains:

Locating the security slot.......................................................................................................................92

Erasing printer memory.........................................................................................................................93

Erasing printer hard disk memory............................................................................................................94

Encrypting the printer hard disk..............................................................................................................95

Restoring factory default settings............................................................................................................96

Statement of Volatility..........................................................................................................................97

Note: The hard disk is supported only in some printer models.

Locating the security slot

The printer is equipped with a security lock feature. Attach a security lock compatible with most laptop computers in

the location shown to secure the printer in place.

92 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Secure the printer

Erasing printer memory

To erase volatile memory or buffered data in your printer, turn off the printer.

To erase non-volatile memory or individual settings, device and network settings, security settings, and embedded

solutions, do the following:

1. From the control panel, navigate to:

SSeettttiinnggss >DDeevviiccee >MMaaiinntteennaannccee >OOuutt ooff SSeerrvviiccee EErraassee >SSaanniittiizzee aallll iinnffoorrmmaattiioonn oonn nnoonnvvoollaattiillee

mmeemmoorryy

2. Depending on your printer model, select EERRAASSEE or CCoonnttiinnuuee.

3. Follow the instructions on the display.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 93

Secure the printer

Erasing printer hard disk memory

1. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >DDeevviiccee >MMaaiinntteennaannccee >OOuutt ooff SSeerrvviiccee EErraassee.

2. Select the SSaanniittiizzee aallll iinnffoorrmmaattiioonn oonn hhaarrdd ddiisskk check box, then touch EERRAASSEE.

3. Follow the instructions on the display.

Note: This process can take from several minutes to more than an hour, making the printer unavailable for

other tasks.

94 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Secure the printer

Encrypting the printer hard disk

This process erases all contents in the hard disk. If necessary, back up important data from the printer before

starting the encryption.

1. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >SSeeccuurriittyy >DDiisskk EEnnccrryyppttiioonn >SSttaarrtt eennccrryyppttiioonn.

2. Follow the instructions on the display.

• To avoid loss of data, do not turn off the printer during the encryption process.

• This process can take from several minutes to more than an hour, making the printer unavailable for other tasks.

• After encryption, the printer automatically restarts.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 95

Secure the printer

Restoring factory default settings

1. From the control panel, navigate to:

SSeettttiinnggss >DDeevviiccee >RReessttoorree FFaaccttoorryy DDeeffaauullttss

2. In the Restore Settings menu, select the settings that you want to restore.

3. Select RREESSTTOORREE.

4. Follow the instructions on the display.

96 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Secure the printer

Statement of Volatility

TTYYPPEE OOFF MMEEMMOORRYY DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

Volatile memory The printer uses standard random access memory

(RAM) to buffer temporarily user data during simple

print and copy jobs.

Non-volatile memory The printer may use two forms of non-volatile memory:

EEPROM and NAND (flash memory). Both types are

used to store the operating system, printer settings,

network information, scanner and bookmark settings,

and embedded solutions.

Hard disk memory Some printers may have a hard disk drive installed. The

printer hard disk is designed for printer-specific

functionality. The hard disk lets the printer retain

buffered user data from complex print jobs, form data,

and font data.

Erase the content of any installed printer memory in the following circumstances:

• The printer is decommissioned.

• The printer hard disk is replaced.

• The printer is moved to a different department or location.

• The printer is serviced by someone from outside your organization.

• The printer is removed from your premises for service.

• The printer is sold to another organization.

DISPOSING OF A PRINTER HARD DISK

•DDeeggaauussssiinngg—Flushes the hard disk with a magnetic field that erases stored data

•CCrruusshhiinngg—Physically compresses the hard disk to break component parts and render them unreadable

•MMiilllliinngg—Physically shreds the hard disk into small metal bits

Note: To guarantee that all data are completely erased, destroy physically each hard disk where data is

stored.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 97

Secure the printer

98 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Secure the printer

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 99

Office Products

This chapter contains:

Printing from a computer ....................................................................................................................100

Printing from a mobile device...............................................................................................................101

Printing from a flash drive....................................................................................................................102

Supported flash drives and file types .....................................................................................................103

Configuring confidential jobs ...............................................................................................................104

Printing confidential and other held jobs . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ...... . . . . . ...... . . . . ....... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. ..... .. . . .. ..... .. . . .. ... 105

Printing a font sample list....................................................................................................................106

Printing from a computer

Note: For labels, card stock, and envelopes, set the paper size and type in the printer before printing the

document.

1. From the document that you are trying to print, open the Print dialog.

2. If necessary, adjust the settings.

3. Print the document.

100 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Printing from a mobile device

Note: Mobile printing is available only in some printer models.

PRINTING FROM A MOBILE DEVICE USING MOPRIA PRINT SERVICE

Mopria® Print Service is a mobile printing solution for mobile devices running on AndroidTM version 4.4 or later. It

allows you to print directly to any Mopria-certified printer.

Note: Before printing, make sure that the Mopria Print Service is enabled.

1. From the home screen of your mobile device, launch a compatible application.

2. Tap PPrriinntt, then select the printer.

3. Send the print job.

PRINTING FROM A MOBILE DEVICE USING AIRPRINT

AirPrint is a mobile printing solution that allows you to print directly from Apple devices to an AirPrint-certified

printer.

• This application is supported only in some Apple devices.

• This application is supported only in some printer models.

1. From the home screen of your mobile device, launch a compatible application.

2. Select an item to print, then tap the share icon.

3. Tap PPrriinntt, then select a printer.

4. Print the document.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 101

Printing from a flash drive

1. Insert the flash drive.

• If you insert the flash drive when an error message appears, then the printer ignores the flash drive.

• If you insert the flash drive while the printer is processing other print jobs, then Busy appears on the display.

2. Select the document that you want to print.

If necessary, configure other print settings.

3. Print the document.

To print another document, select UUSSBB DDrriivvee.

WWaarrnniinngg:: To avoid loss of data or printer malfunction, do not touch the flash drive or the printer in the

area shown while actively printing, reading, or writing from the memory device.

102 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Supported flash drives and file types

FLASH DRIVES

• Lexar JumpDrive S70 (16GB and 32GB)

• SanDisk Cruzer (16GB and 32GB)

• PNY Attache (16GB and 32GB)

– The printer supports high-speed USB flash drives with full-speed standard.

– USB flash drives must support the File Allocation Table (FAT) system.

FILE TYPES

Documents

• PDF (version 1.7 or earlier)

• XPS

• Microsoft file formats (.doc, .docx, .xls, .xlsx, .ppt, .pptx) are supported only in some printer models.

Images

• .dcx

• .gif

• .JPEG or .jpg

• .bmp

• .pcx

• .TIFF or .tif

• .webp

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 103

Configuring confidential jobs

1. From the control panel, navigate to SSeettttiinnggss >> SSeeccuurriittyy >> CCoonnffiiddeennttiiaall PPrriinntt SSeettuupp.

2. Configure the settings.

UUSSEE TTOO

Max Invalid PIN Set the number of times an invalid PIN can be entered.

When the limit is reached, the print jobs for that user name are

deleted.

Confidential Job Expiration Set the expiration time for confidential print jobs.

Confidential held jobs are stored in the printer until they are released

or deleted manually.

Repeat Job Expiration Set the expiration time for a repeat print job.

Repeat held jobs are stored in the printer memory for reprinting.

Verify Job Expiration Set the expiration time that the printer prints a copy before printing

the remaining copies.

Verify jobs print one copy to check if it is satisfactory before printing

the remaining copies.

Reserve Job Expiration Set the expiration time that the printer stores print jobs.

Reserve held jobs are automatically deleted after printing.

Require All Jobs to be Held Set the printer to hold all print jobs.

104 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Printing confidential and other held jobs

FOR WINDOWS USERS

UUssiinngg tthhee pprriinntt ddrriivveerr,, ddoo tthhee ffoolllloowwiinngg::

1. With a document open, click FFiillee >> PPrriinntt.

2. Select the printer, then click PPrriinntteerr PPrrooppeerrttiieess >> PPrriinnttiinngg OOppttiioonnss >> JJoobb TTyyppee.

3. Select the print job type (Secure Print, Sample Set, Saved Job).

If you select SSeeccuurree PPrriinntt, enter a Passcode, then click OOKK. The PPrriinnttiinngg OOppttiioonnss window close.

4. Click PPrriinntt.

FOR MACINTOSH USERS

UUssiinngg AAiirrPPrriinntt

1. With a document open, click FFiillee >> PPrriinntt.

2. Select a printer, then from the drop-down menu following the Orientation menu, choose PPIINN PPrriinnttiinngg.

3. Enable PPrriinntt wwiitthh PPIINN, then enter a four-digit PIN.

4. Click PPrriinntt.

5. From the printer home screen, release the print job. Touch HHeelldd jjoobbss >> sseelleecctt yyoouurr ccoommppuutteerr nnaammee >>

CCoonnffiiddeennttiiaall >> eenntteerr tthhee PPIINN >> sseelleecctt tthhee pprriinntt jjoobb >> PPrriinntt.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 105

Printing a font sample list

1. From the control panel, navigate to:

SSeettttiinnggss >RReeppoorrttss >PPrriinntt >PPrriinntt FFoonnttss

2. Select a font sample.

106 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 107

Copy

This chapter contains:

Using the automatic document feeder and scanner glass... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. ..... . . . . . ...... . . . . . 108

Making a copy...................................................................................................................................109

Copying photos.................................................................................................................................110

Copying on letterhead ........................................................................................................................111

Copying on both sides of the paper.......................................................................................................112

Reducing or enlarging copies................................................................................................................113

Collating copies.................................................................................................................................114

Placing separator sheets between copies ..... . . . . . . ..... . . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . 115

Copying multiple pages onto a single sheet . . . . . . ...... . . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ..... .. . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . 116

Creating a copy shortcut .....................................................................................................................117

Using the automatic document feeder and scanner glass

AAUUTTOOMMAATTIICC DDOOCCUUMMEENNTT FFEEEEDDEERR ((AADDFF)) SSCCAANNNNEERR GGLLAASSSS

• Use the ADF for multiple-page or two-sided

documents.

• Load an original document face-up. For multiple-

page documents, make sure to align the leading

edge before loading.

• Make sure to adjust the ADF guides to match the

width of the paper that you are loading.

• Use the scanner glass for single-page documents,

book pages, small items (such as postcards or

photos), transparencies, photo paper, or thin media

(such as magazine clippings).

• Place the document facedown in the corner with

the arrow.

108 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Copy

Making a copy

1. Load an original document into the ADF tray or on the scanner glass.

Note: To avoid a cropped image, make sure that the original document and the output have the same paper

size.

2. From the control panel, select CCooppyy, then specify the number of copies.

If necessary, adjust the other settings.

3. Copy the document.

Note: To make a quick copy, from the control panel, press the SSttaarrtt button.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 109

Copy

Copying photos

1. Place a photo on the scanner glass.

2. From the control panel, navigate to:

CCooppyy >CCoonntteenntt TTyyppee >PPhhoottoo

3. From the Content Source menu, select the setting that best matches the original photo.

4. Copy the document.

110 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Copy

Copying on letterhead

1. Load an original document into the ADF tray or on the scanner glass.

2. From the control panel, navigate to:

CCooppyy >CCooppyy FFrroomm > select the size of the original document > CCooppyy TToo > select a paper source

If you are loading into the multipurpose feeder, then navigate to:

CCooppyy TToo >MMuullttiippuurrppoossee FFeeeeddeerr > select a paper size > LLeetttteerrhheeaadd

3. Copy the document.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 111

Copy

Copying on both sides of the paper

1. Load an original document into the ADF tray or on the scanner glass.

2. From the control panel, navigate to:

CCooppyy >SSiiddeess

3. Adjust the settings.

4. Copy the document.

112 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Copy

Reducing or enlarging copies

1. Load an original document into the ADF tray or on the scanner glass.

2. From the control panel, navigate to:

CCooppyy >> SSccaallee specify a scale value

Note: Changing the size of the original document or output after setting Scale restores the scale value to

Auto.

3. Copy the document.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 113

Copy

Collating copies

1. Load an original document into the ADF tray or on the scanner glass.

2. From the control panel, navigate to:

CCooppyy >> CCoollllaattee >> OOnn [[11,,22,,11,,22,,11,,22]].

3. Copy the document.

114 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Copy

Placing separator sheets between copies

1. Load an original document into the ADF tray or on the scanner glass.

2. From the control panel, navigate to:

CCooppyy >SSeettttiinnggss >SSeeppaarraattoorr SShheeeettss >OOnn

3. Adjust the settings.

4. Copy the document.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 115

Copy

Copying multiple pages onto a single sheet

1. Load an original document into the ADF tray or on the scanner glass.

2. From the control panel, navigate to:

CCooppyy >> PPaaggeess PPeerr SSiiddee

3. Adjust the settings.

4. Copy the document.

116 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Copy

Creating a copy shortcut

1. From the home screen, touch CCooppyy.

2. Configure the settings, then touch the SSttaarr icon.

The Copy Shortcuts window appears.

3. Touch the Plus ++ icon, then create a shortcut.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 117

Copy

118 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Copy

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 119

This chapter contains:

Using the automatic document feeder and scanner glass... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. ..... . . . . . ...... . . . . . 120

Setting up the e-mail function..............................................................................................................121

Configuring e-mail settings..................................................................................................................122

Sending an e-mail..............................................................................................................................123

Creating an e-mail shortcut..................................................................................................................124

Using the automatic document feeder and scanner glass

AAUUTTOOMMAATTIICC DDOOCCUUMMEENNTT FFEEEEDDEERR ((AADDFF)) SSCCAANNNNEERR GGLLAASSSS

• Use the ADF for multiple-page or two-sided

documents.

• Load an original document face-up. For multiple-

page documents, make sure to align the leading

edge before loading.

• Make sure to adjust the ADF guides to match the

width of the paper that you are loading.

• Use the scanner glass for single-page documents,

book pages, small items (such as postcards or

photos), transparencies, photo paper, or thin media

(such as magazine clippings).

• Place the document facedown in the corner with

the arrow.

120 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Setting up the e-mail function

1. Open a web browser, then type the printer IP address in the address field.

• View the printer IP address on the home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated

by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.

• If you are using a proxy server, then temporarily disable it to load the web page correctly.

2. Click SSeettttiinnggss >EE--mmaaiill >EE--mmaaiill SSeettuupp.

3. Configure the settings.

4. Apply the changes.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 121

Configuring e-mail settings

1. Open a Web browser, then type the printer IP address in the address field.

• View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers

separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.

• If you are using a proxy server, then temporarily disable it to load the Web page correctly.

2. Click SSeettttiinnggss >EE--mmaaiill.

3. Enter the needed information.

4. Apply the changes.

122 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Sending an e-mail

1. Load an original document into the ADF tray or on the scanner glass.

2. From the control panel, select EE--mmaaiill, then enter the needed information.

For non-touch-screen printer models, press ##, then enter the shortcut number using the keypad.

Note: You can also enter the recipient using the address book.

3. If necessary, configure the output file type settings.

4. Send the e-mail.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 123

Creating an e-mail shortcut

Note: You may need administrative rights to create a shortcut.

1. Open a web browser, then type the printer IP address in the address field.

• View the printer IP address on the home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated

by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.

• If you are using a proxy server, then temporarily disable it to load the web page correctly.

2. Click SShhoorrttccuuttss >AAdddd SShhoorrttccuutt.

3. From the Shortcut Type menu, select EE--mmaaiill, then configure the settings.

4. Apply the changes.

124 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 125

Fax

This chapter contains:

Using the automatic document feeder and scanner glass... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. ..... . . . . . ...... . . . . . 126

Sending a fax....................................................................................................................................127

Scheduling a fax................................................................................................................................128

Creating a fax destination shortcut .......................................................................................................129

Changing the fax resolution.................................................................................................................130

Adjusting the fax darkness...................................................................................................................131

Viewing a fax log...............................................................................................................................132

Blocking junk faxes.............................................................................................................................133

Holding faxes....................................................................................................................................134

Forwarding a fax................................................................................................................................135

Using the automatic document feeder and scanner glass

AAUUTTOOMMAATTIICC DDOOCCUUMMEENNTT FFEEEEDDEERR ((AADDFF)) SSCCAANNNNEERR GGLLAASSSS

• Use the ADF for multiple-page or two-sided

documents.

• Load an original document face-up. For multiple-

page documents, make sure to align the leading

edge before loading.

• Make sure to adjust the ADF guides to match the

width of the paper that you are loading.

• Use the scanner glass for single-page documents,

book pages, small items (such as postcards or

photos), transparencies, photo paper, or thin media

(such as magazine clippings).

• Place the document facedown in the corner with

the arrow.

126 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Fax

Sending a fax

USING THE CONTROL PANEL

1. Load the original document into the ADF tray or on the scanner glass.

2. From the control panel, select FFaaxx, then enter the needed information.

3. If necessary, configure other fax settings.

4. Fax the document.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 127

Fax

Scheduling a fax

1. Load the original document into the ADF tray or on the scanner glass.

2. From the control panel, navigate to:

FFaaxx >TToo > enter the fax number > DDoonnee

3. Select SSeenndd TTiimmee to configure the date and time, then select DDoonnee.

If necessary, configure other fax settings.

4. Send the fax.

128 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Fax

Creating a fax destination shortcut

Note: You may need administrative rights to create a shortcut.

1. Open a web browser, then type the printer IP address in the address field.

• View the printer IP address on the home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers separated

by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.

• If you are using a proxy server, then temporarily disable it to load the web page correctly.

2. Click SShhoorrttccuuttss >> AAdddd SShhoorrttccuutt.

3. From the Shortcut Type menu, select FFaaxx, then configure the settings.

4. Apply the changes.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 129

Fax

Changing the fax resolution

1. Load an original document into the ADF tray or on the scanner glass.

2. From the control panel, touch FFaaxx >> SSeettttiinnggss, then touch RReessoolluuttiioonn.

3. In the Resolution menu, select a setting.

4. Send the fax job.

130 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Fax

Adjusting the fax darkness

1. Load an original document into the ADF tray or on the scanner glass.

2. From the control panel, touch FFaaxx >> SSeettttiinnggss, then touch DDaarrkknneessss.

3. From the Darkness menu, adjust the setting.

4. Fax the document.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 131

Fax

Viewing a fax log

Note: You may need administrative rights to view the fax logs.

1. Open a web browser, then type the printer IP address in the address field.

• View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers

separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.

• If you are using a proxy server, then temporarily disable it to load the web page correctly.

2. Click SSeettttiinnggss >RReeppoorrttss >FFaaxx.

3. Click FFaaxx JJoobb LLoogg or FFaaxx CCaallll LLoogg.

132 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Fax

Blocking junk faxes

1. From the control panel, navigate to:

SSeettttiinnggss >> FFaaxx >> FFaaxx SSeettuupp >> FFaaxx RReecceeiivvee SSeettttiinnggss >> AAddmmiinn CCoonnttrroollss

2. Set Block No Name Fax to OOnn.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 133

Fax

Holding faxes

1. From the control panel, navigate to:

SSeettttiinnggss >> FFaaxx >> FFaaxx SSeettuupp >> FFaaxx RReecceeiivvee SSeettttiinnggss >> HHoollddiinngg FFaaxxeess

2. Select a mode.

134 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Fax

Forwarding a fax

1. From the control panel, navigate to:

SSeettttiinnggss >FFaaxx >FFaaxx SSeettuupp >FFaaxx RReecceeiivvee SSeettttiinnggss >AAddmmiinn CCoonnttrroollss

2. In the Fax Forwarding menu, select PPrriinntt aanndd FFoorrwwaarrdd or FFoorrwwaarrdd, then configure the "Forward to" and fax

destination settings.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 135

Fax

136 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Fax

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 137

Scan

This chapter contains:

Using the automatic document feeder and scanner glass... . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. ..... . . . . . ...... . . . . . 138

Scanning to an FTP server ...................................................................................................................139

Creating an FTP shortcut.....................................................................................................................140

Scanning to a flash drive.....................................................................................................................141

Sending scanned documents to a computer .. . . . . ....... . . . . ....... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. ..... . . . . .. ..... . . . . . . ...... . . . . ....... 142

Using the automatic document feeder and scanner glass

AAUUTTOOMMAATTIICC DDOOCCUUMMEENNTT FFEEEEDDEERR ((AADDFF)) SSCCAANNNNEERR GGLLAASSSS

• Use the ADF for multiple-page or two-sided

documents.

• Load an original document faceup. For multiple-

page documents, make sure to align the leading

edge before loading.

• Make sure to adjust the ADF guides to match the

width of the paper that you are loading.

• Use the scanner glass for single-page documents,

book pages, small items (such as postcards or

photos), transparencies, photo paper, or thin media

(such as magazine clippings).

• Place the document facedown in the corner with

the arrow.

138 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Scan

Scanning to an FTP server

1. Load the original document into the ADF tray or on the scanner glass.

2. From the control panel, select FFTTPP, then enter the needed information.

For non-touch-screen printer models, press ##, then enter the shortcut number using the keypad.

3. If necessary, configure other FTP settings.

4. Scan the document.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 139

Scan

Creating an FTP shortcut

Note: You may need administrative rights to create a shortcut.

1. Open a web browser, then type the printer IP address in the address field.

• View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers

separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.

• If you are using a proxy server, then temporarily disable it to load the web page correctly.

2. Click SShhoorrttccuuttss >AAdddd SShhoorrttccuutt.

3. From the Shortcut Type menu, select FFTTPP, then configure the settings.

4. Apply the changes.

140 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Scan

Scanning to a flash drive

1. Load an original document into the ADF tray or on the scanner glass.

2. Insert the flash drive.

3. Select SSccaann ttoo UUSSBB and adjust the settings if necessary.

Note: If the USB Drive screen does not appear, then select UUSSBB DDrriivvee on the control panel.

4. Scan the document.

WWaarrnniinngg:: To avoid loss of data or printer malfunction, do not touch the flash drive or the printer in the

area shown while actively printing, reading, or writing from the memory device.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 141

Scan

Sending scanned documents to a computer

1. Load an original document into the ADF tray or on the scanner glass.

2. From the control panel, navigate to:

SSccaann PPrrooffiilleess >SSccaann ttoo CCoommppuutteerr

3. Select the scan profile where you want to save the document.

142 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Scan

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 143

Use the Printer Menus

This chapter contains:

Menu map........................................................................................................................................144

Device .............................................................................................................................................146

Print ................................................................................................................................................167

Paper...............................................................................................................................................179

Copy................................................................................................................................................183

Fax..................................................................................................................................................188

E-mail..............................................................................................................................................199

FTP .................................................................................................................................................207

USB Drive.........................................................................................................................................213

Network/Ports ...................................................................................................................................221

Security............................................................................................................................................242

Reports ............................................................................................................................................258

Supplies Plan.....................................................................................................................................260

Address Book ....................................................................................................................................261

Bookmarks........................................................................................................................................263

Apps................................................................................................................................................265

Menu map

Office Products

DDeevviiccee •Preferences

•Eco-Mode

•Remote Operator Panel

•Notifications

•Power Management

•Accessibility

•Restore Factory Defaults

•Maintenance

•Home screen customization

•Site Map

•Software Update

•Remote Services Data Upload

•About this Printer

PPrriinntt Layout

•Setup

•Quality

•Job Accounting

•XPS

•PDF

•PostScript

•PCL

•HTML

•Image

PPaappeerr •Tray Configuration •Media Configuration

CCooppyy Copy Defaults

FFaaxx •Fax Mode •Fax Setup

EE--mmaaiill •E-mail Setup

•E-mail Defaults

•Web Link Setup

FFTTPP FTP Defaults

UUSSBB DDrriivvee •Flash Drive Scan •Flash Drive Print

NNeettwwoorrkk//PPoorrttss •Network Overview

•Wireless

•Wi-Fi Direct

•AirPrint

•Mobile Services Management

•Ethernet

•TCP/IP

•SNMP

•IPSec

•802.1x

•LPD Configuration

•HTTP/FTP Settings

•ThinPrint

•USB

•Restrict external network access

•Universal Print

SSeeccuurriittyy •Login Methods

•Certificate Management

•Schedule USB Devices

•Security Audit Log

•Login Restrictions

•Confidential Print Setup

•Disk Encryption

•Erase Temporary Data Files

•Solutions LDAP Settings

•Miscellaneous

144 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

RReeppoorrttss •Menu Settings Page

•Device

•Shortcuts

•Fax

•Network

SSuupppplliieess PPllaann •Plan Activation

•Plan Conversion

•Subscription Service

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 145

Use the Printer Menus

Device

PREFERENCES

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

DDiissppllaayy LLaanngguuaaggee

[List of languages]

Set the language of the text that appears on the

display.

CCoouunnttrryy//RReeggiioonn

[List of countries or regions]

Identify the country or region where the printer is

configured to operate.

RRuunn iinniittiiaall sseettuupp

Off*

Run the setup wizard.

KKeeyybbooaarrdd

Keyboard Type

[List of languages]

Select a language as a keyboard type.

• All the Keyboard Type values may not appear or

may require special hardware to appear.

• This menu item appears only in some printer

models.

DDiissppllaayyeedd iinnffoorrmmaattiioonn

Display Text 1 [IP Address*]

Display Text 2 [Date/Time*]

Custom Text 1

Custom Text 2

Specify the information to appear on the home screen.

Custom Text 1 and Custom Text 2 appear only in some

printer models.

DDaattee aanndd TTiimmee

Configure

Current Date and Time

Manually Set Date and Time

Date Format [MM-DD-YYYY*]

Time Format [12 hour A.M./P.M.*]

Time Zone [GMT*]

Configure the printer date and time.

DDaattee aanndd TTiimmee

Network Time Protocol

Enable NTP [On*]

NTP Server

Enable Authentication

Configure the settings for Network Time Protocol

(NTP).

• Enable Authentication appears only in some printer

models.

• When Enable Authentication is set to MD5 key, Key

ID and Password appear.

146 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

PPaappeerr SSiizzeess

U.S.*

Metric

Specify the unit of measurement for paper sizes.

The country or region selected in the initial setup

wizard determines the initial paper size setting.

SSccrreeeenn BBrriigghhttnneessss

20–100% (100*)

Adjust the brightness of the display.

This menu item appears only in some printer models.

FFllaasshh DDrriivvee AAcccceessss

Enabled*

Disabled

Enable access to the flash drive.

AAllllooww BBaacckkggrroouunndd RReemmoovvaall

On*

Off

Specify whether background removal is allowed.

OOnnee PPaaggee FFllaattbbeedd SSccaannnniinngg

Off*

Set copies from the scanner glass to only one page at

a time.

AAuuddiioo FFeeeeddbbaacckk

Button Feedback

On*

Off

Enable audio feedback for button presses, panel

interactions, paper loaded prompts, and error

notifications.

This menu item appears only in some printer models.

AAuuddiioo FFeeeeddbbaacckk

Volume

1–10 (5*)

Adjust the volume of the printer speakers.

• Changes to the volume are applied after the

current user session ends.

• This menu item appears only in some printer

models.

DDeevviiccee SSoouunnddss

MMuuttee AAllll SSoouunnddss

Off*

Disable and ignore all sound settings.

BBuuttttoonn FFeeeeddbbaacckk

On*

Off

Enable audio feedback for button presses, panel

interactions, paper loaded prompts, and error

notifications.

VVoolluummee

1–10 (5*)

Adjust the sound volume.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 147

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

AADDFF LLooaaddeedd BBeeeepp

On*

Off

Enable a sound when loading paper into the ADF.

AAllaarrmm CCoonnttrrooll

Off

Single*

Continuous

Set the number of times that the alarm sounds when

the printer requires user intervention.

CCaarrttrriiddggee AAllaarrmm

Off

Single*

Continuous

Set the number of times that the alarm sounds when

the cartridge is low.

SSppeeaakkeerr MMooddee

Always Off

Always On*

On until connected

Set the speaker mode.

RRiinnggeerr VVoolluummee

Off*

Disable the ringer volume.

SSccrreeeenn TTiimmeeoouutt

5–300 (60*)

Set the idle time in seconds before the display shows

the home screen, or before the printer logs off a user

account automatically.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

ECO-MODE

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

PPrriinntt

Sides

1-Sided*

2-Sided

Specify whether to print on one side or two sides of the

paper.

PPrriinntt

Pages per Side

Print multiple page images on one side of a sheet of

paper.

148 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

Off*

2 pages per side

3 pages per side

4 pages per side

6 pages per side

9 pages per side

12 pages per side

16 pages per side

PPrriinntt

Toner Darkness

Light

Normal*

Dark

Determine the lightness or darkness of text or images.

CCooppyy

Sides

1 sided to 1 sided*

1 sided to 2 sided

Specify whether to print on one side or both sides of

the paper.

CCooppyy

Pages per Side

Off*

2 Portrait pages

4 Portrait pages

2 Landscape pages

4 Landscape pages

Specify the number of page images to print on one

side of a sheet of paper.

CCooppyy

Darkness

1-9 (5*)

Adjust the darkness of the scanned image.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 149

Use the Printer Menus

REMOTE OPERATOR PANEL

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

EExxtteerrnnaall VVNNCC CCoonnnneeccttiioonn

Don’t Allow*

Allow

Connect an external Virtual Network Computing (VNC)

client to the remote control panel.

AAuutthheennttiiccaattiioonn TTyyppee

None*

Standard Authentication

Set the authentication type when accessing the VNC

client server.

When set to Standard Authentication, VNC Password

appears.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

NOTIFICATIONS

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

AADDFF LLooaaddeedd BBeeeepp

Off

On*

Enable a sound when loading paper into the ADF.

AAllaarrmm CCoonnttrrooll

Off

Single*

Continuous

Set the number of times that the alarm sounds when

the printer requires user intervention.

This menu item appears only in some printer models.

SSuupppplliieess

Show Supply Estimates

Show estimates*

Do not show estimates

Show the estimated status of the supplies.

SSuupppplliieess

Cartridge Alarm

Off

Single*

Continuous

Set the number of times that the alarm sounds when

the toner cartridge is low.

This menu item appears only in some printer models.

EE--mmaaiill AAlleerrttss SSeettuupp

E-mail Setup

Primary SMTP Gateway

Type the IP address or host name of the primary SMTP

server for sending e-mail.

This menu item appears only in some printer models.

150 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

EE--mmaaiill AAlleerrttss SSeettuupp

E-mail Setup

Primary SMTP Gateway Port

1–65535 (25*)

Enter the port number of the primary SMTP server.

This menu item appears only in some printer models.

EE--mmaaiill AAlleerrttss SSeettuupp

E-mail Setup

Secondary SMTP Gateway

Type the server IP address or host name of your

secondary or backup SMTP server.

This menu item appears only in some printer models.

EE--mmaaiill AAlleerrttss SSeettuupp

E-mail Setup

Secondary SMTP Gateway Port

1–65535 (25*)

Enter the server port number of your secondary or

backup SMTP server.

This menu item appears only in some printer models.

EE--mmaaiill AAlleerrttss SSeettuupp

E-mail Setup

SMTP Timeout

5-30 seconds (30*)

Specify how long before the printer times out if the

SMTP server does not respond.

This menu item appears only in some printer models.

EE--mmaaiill AAlleerrttss SSeettuupp

E-mail Setup

Reply Address

Specify a reply address in the e-mail.

This menu item appears only in some printer models.

EE--mmaaiill AAlleerrttss SSeettuupp

E-mail Setup

Always use SMTP default Reply Address

Off*

Use the SMTP default Reply Address.

This menu item appears only in some printer models.

EE--mmaaiill AAlleerrttss SSeettuupp

E-mail Setup

Use SSL/TLS

Disabled*

Negotiate

Required

Send an e-mail using an encrypted link.

This menu item appears only in some printer models.

EE--mmaaiill AAlleerrttss SSeettuupp

E-mail Setup

Require a trusted certificate when accessing the SMTP

server.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 151

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

Require Trusted Certificate

Off

On*

This menu item appears only in some printer models.

EE--mmaaiill AAlleerrttss SSeettuupp

E-mail Setup

SMTP Server Authentication

No authentication required*

NTLM

CRAM-MD5

Digest-MD5

Kerberos 5

Set the authentication type for the SMTP server.

This menu item appears only in some printer models.

EE--mmaaiill AAlleerrttss SSeettuupp

E-mail Setup

Device-Initiated E-mail

None*

Use Device SMTP Credentials

Set whether credentials are required for device-initiated

e-mails.

This menu item appears only in some printer models.

EE--mmaaiill AAlleerrttss SSeettuupp

E-mail Setup

User-Initiated E-mail

None

Use Device SMTP Credentials

Use Session User ID and Password

Use Session E-mail address and Password*

Prompt user

Set whether credentials are required for user-initiated

e-mails.

This menu item appears only in some printer models.

EE--mmaaiill AAlleerrttss SSeettuupp

E-mail Setup

Use Active Directory Device Credentials

Off

On*

Enable user credentials and group designations to

connect to the SMTP server.

This menu item appears only in some printer models.

EE--mmaaiill AAlleerrttss SSeettuupp Specify the user ID to connect to the SMTP server.

152 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

E-mail Setup

Device Userid

This menu item appears only in some printer models.

EE--mmaaiill AAlleerrttss SSeettuupp

E-mail Setup

Device Password

Specify the password to connect to the SMTP server.

This menu item appears only in some printer models.

EE--mmaaiill AAlleerrttss SSeettuupp

E-mail Setup

Kerberos 5 REALM

Specify the realm for the Kerberos 5 authentication

protocol.

This menu item appears only in some printer models.

EE--mmaaiill AAlleerrttss SSeettuupp

E-mail Setup

NTLM Domain

Specify the domain name for the NTLM security

protocol.

This menu item appears only in some printer models.

EE--mmaaiill AAlleerrttss SSeettuupp

E-mail Setup

Disable “SMTP server not set up” error

Off*

Disable an SMTP setup error message to appear on the

display.

This menu item appears only in some printer models.

EErrrroorr PPrreevveennttiioonn

Jam Assist

Off

On*

Set the printer to flush blank pages or pages with

partial prints automatically after a jammed page has

been cleared.

EErrrroorr PPrreevveennttiioonn

Auto Continue

Off

On* (5 seconds)

Range: 5–255 seconds

Let the printer continue processing or printing a job

automatically after clearing certain printer conditions

that require user intervention.

EErrrroorr PPrreevveennttiioonn

Auto Reboot

Reboot when idle

Reboot always*

Reboot never

Set the printer to restart when an error occurs.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 153

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

EErrrroorr PPrreevveennttiioonn

Auto Reboot

Max Auto Reboots

1–20 (2*)

Set the number of automatic reboots that the printer

can perform.

EErrrroorr PPrreevveennttiioonn

Auto Reboot

Auto Reboot Window

1–525600 (720*)

Set the number of seconds before the printer performs

an automatic reboot.

EErrrroorr PPrreevveennttiioonn

Auto Reboot

Auto Reboot Counter

Show a read-only information of the reboot counter.

EErrrroorr PPrreevveennttiioonn

Auto Reboot

Reset Auto Reboot Counter

Cancel

Continue

Reset Auto Reboot Counter.

This menu item appears only in some printer models.

EErrrroorr PPrreevveennttiioonn

Display Short Paper Error

Auto-clear*

Set the printer to show a message when a short paper

error occurs.

Short paper refers to the size of the paper loaded.

EErrrroorr PPrreevveennttiioonn

Page Protect

Off*

Set the printer to process the entire page into the

memory before printing it.

JJaamm CCoonntteenntt RReeccoovveerryy

Jam Recovery

Off

Auto*

Set the printer to reprint jammed pages.

154 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

JJaamm CCoonntteenntt RReeccoovveerryy

Scanner Jam Recovery

Job level

Page level*

Specify how to restart a scan job after resolving a

paper jam.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

POWER MANAGEMENT

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

SSlleeeepp MMooddee PPrrooffiillee

Print with Display Off

Display on when printing

Allow printing with display off*

Allow printing with the display turned off.

TTiimmeeoouuttss

Sleep Mode

1–120 minutes (15*)

Set the idle time before the printer begins operating in

Sleep mode.

TTiimmeeoouuttss

Hibernate Timeout

Disabled

1 hour

2 hours

3 hours

6 hours

1 day

2 days

3 days*

1 week

2 weeks

1 month

Set the time before the printer enters Hibernate mode.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 155

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

TTiimmeeoouuttss

Hibernate Timeout on Connection

Hibernate

Do Not Hibernate*

Set the printer to Hibernate mode even when an active

Ethernet connection exists.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

ACCESSIBILITY

Note: This menu appears only in some printer models.

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

DDuupplliiccaattee KKeeyy SSttrriikkee IInntteerrvvaall

0–5 (0*)

Set the interval in seconds during which the printer

ignores duplicate key presses on an attached keyboard.

KKeeyy RReeppeeaatt IInniittiiaall DDeellaayy

0.25–5 (1*)

Set the initial length of delay in seconds before a

repeating key starts repeating.

This menu item appears only when a keyboard is

attached to the printer.

KKeeyy RReeppeeaatt RRaattee

0.5–30 (30*)

Set the number of presses per second for a repeating

key.

This menu item appears only when a keyboard is

attached to the printer.

PPrroolloonngg SSccrreeeenn TTiimmeeoouutt

Off*

Let the user remain in the same location and reset the

Screen Timeout timer when it expires instead of

returning to the home screen.

SSppeeaakk PPaasssswwoorrddss//PPIINNss

Off*

Set the printer to read out loud passwords or personal

identification numbers.

This menu item appears only when a headphone or a

speaker is attached to the printer.

156 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

SSppeeeecchh RRaattee

Very Slow

Slow

Normal*

Fast

Faster

Very Fast

Rapid

Very Rapid

Fastest

Set the Voice Guidance speech rate.

This menu item appears only when a headphone or a

speaker is attached to the printer.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

RESTORE FACTORY DEFAULTS

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

RReessttoorree SSeettttiinnggss

Restore all settings

Restore printer settings

Restore network settings

Restore app settings

Restore fax settings

Restore the printer factory default settings.

Restore app settings appears only in some printer

models.

MAINTENANCE

Configuration Menu

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

UUSSBB CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn

USB PnP

Change the USB driver mode of the printer to improve

its compatibility with a personal computer.

This menu item appears only in some printer models.

UUSSBB SSccaann ttoo LLooccaall Set whether the USB device driver enumerates as a

USB Simple device (single interface) or as a USB

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 157

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

On*

Off

Composite device (multiple interfaces).

UUSSBB CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn

USB Speed

Full

Auto*

Set the USB port to run at full speed and disable its

high-speed capabilities.

This menu item appears only in some printer models.

TTrraayy CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn

Tray Linking

Automatic*

Off

Set the printer to link the trays that have the same

paper type and paper size settings.

TTrraayy CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn

Show Tray Insert Message

Off*

Note: Show the Tray Insert message.

TTrraayy CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn

Paper Prompts

Auto*

Multipurpose Feeder

Manual Paper

Envelope Prompts

Auto*

Multipurpose Feeder

Manual Paper

Set the paper source that the user fills when a prompt

to load paper or envelope appears.

• The multipurpose feeder is available only in some

printer models.

• For Multipurpose Feeder to appear, set Configure

MP to Cassette from the Paper menu.

TTrraayy CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn

Action for Prompts

Prompt user*

Continue

Use current

Set the printer to resolve paper- or envelope-related

change prompts.

RReeppoorrttss

Menu Settings Page

Event Log

Print reports about printer menu settings, status, and

event logs.

158 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

Event Log Summary

SSuuppppllyy UUssaaggee aanndd CCoouunntteerrss

Clear Supply Usage History

Reset the supply usage history, such as number of

pages and days remaining, to the factory shipped level.

SSuuppppllyy UUssaaggee aanndd CCoouunntteerrss

ITM Reset

Reset the counter after installing a new supply.

SSuuppppllyy UUssaaggee aanndd CCoouunntteerrss

Tiered Coverage Ranges

Adjust the range for the amount of color coverage on

the printed page.

PPrriinntteerr EEmmuullaattiioonnss

PPDS Emulation

Off*

Set the printer to recognize and use the PPDS data

stream.

PPrriinntteerr EEmmuullaattiioonnss

PS Emulation

Off

On*

Set the printer to recognize and use the PS data

stream.

PPrriinntteerr EEmmuullaattiioonnss

Emulator Security

Page Timeout

0–60 (60*)

Set the page timeout during emulation.

PPrriinntteerr EEmmuullaattiioonnss

Emulator Security

Reset Emulator After Job (Off*)

Reset the emulator after a print job.

PPrriinntteerr EEmmuullaattiioonnss

Emulator Security

Disable Printer Message Access (On*)

Disable access to the printer message during

emulation.

FFaaxx CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn

Fax Low Power Support

Disable Sleep

Permit Sleep

Auto*

Set fax to enter Sleep mode whenever the printer

determines that it should.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 159

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

FFaaxx CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn

Fax Storage Location

Disk

Nand*

Set the storage location for all faxes.

PPrriinntt CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn

Black Only Mode

Off*

Print color content in grayscale.

PPrriinntt CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn

Color Trapping

Off

Enhance the printed output to compensate for

misregistration in the printer.

PPrriinntt CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn

Font Sharpening

0–150 (24*)

Set a text point-size value below which the high-

frequency screens are used when printing font data.

For example, if the value is 24, then all fonts sized 24

points or less use the high-frequency screens.

DDeevviiccee OOppeerraattiioonnss

Quiet Mode

Off*

Set the printer to operate in Quiet Mode.

Enabling this setting slows down the printer

performance.

DDeevviiccee OOppeerraattiioonnss

Panel Menus

Off

On*

Enable access to the control panel menus.

DDeevviiccee OOppeerraattiioonnss

Safe Mode

Off*

Set the printer to operate in a special mode, in which it

attempts to continue offering as much functionality as

possible, despite known issues.

For example, when set to On, and the duplex motor is

nonfunctional, the printer performs one-sided printing

160 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

of the documents even if the job is two-sided printing.

DDeevviiccee OOppeerraattiioonnss

Minimum Copy Memory

80 MB*

100 MB

Set the minimum memory allocation for storing copy

jobs.

DDeevviiccee OOppeerraattiioonnss

Clear Custom Status

Erase user-defined strings for the Default or Alternate

custom messages.

DDeevviiccee OOppeerraattiioonnss

Clear all remotely-installed messages

Erase messages that were remotely installed.

DDeevviiccee OOppeerraattiioonnss

Automatically Display Error Screens

Off

On*

Show existing error messages on the display after the

printer remains inactive on the home screen for a

length of time equal to the Screen Timeout setting.

DDeevviiccee OOppeerraattiioonnss

Honor orientation on fast path copy

Off*

Enable the printer to use the orientation setting under

the Copy menu when sending quick copy jobs.

DDeevviiccee OOppeerraattiioonnss

Enable Optional Parallel Port

Off*

Enable an optional parallel port.

When set to On, the printer restarts.

TToonneerr ppaattcchh sseennssoorr sseettuupp

Calibration frequency preference

Disabled

Fewest color adjustment

Fewer color adjustment

Normal*

Better color accuracy

Best color accuracy

Set the printer to put down the correct amount of

toner to maintain color consistency.

TToonneerr ppaattcchh sseennssoorr sseettuupp

Full calibration

Run the full color calibration.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 161

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

TToonneerr ppaattcchh sseennssoorr sseettuupp

Print TPS information page

Print a diagnostic page that contains information on

toner patch sensor calibration.

AApppp CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn

LES Applications

Off

On*

Enable the Xerox Embedded Solutions (LES)

applications.

• This menu item is available only in some printer

models.

• When set to On, this setting does not affect built-in

applications.

SSccaannnneerr CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn

Scanner Manual Registration

Print Quick Test

Print a Quick Test target page.

Make sure that the margin spacing on the target page

is uniform all the way around the target. If it is not,

then the printer margins may need to be reset.

SSccaannnneerr CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn

Scanner Manual Registration

Front ADF Registration

Rear ADF Registration

Flatbed Registration

Manually register the flatbed and ADF after replacing

the ADF, scanner glass, or controller board.

SSccaannnneerr CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn

Edge Erase

Flatbed Edge Erase

0–6 (3*)

ADF Edge Erase

0–6 (3*)

Set the size, in millimeters, of the no-print area around

an ADF or flatbed scan job.

SSccaannnneerr CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn

ADF Deskew

ADF Mechanical Deskew

Off

Auto*

Set the printer to perform ADF mechanical skew

adjustment.

SSccaannnneerr CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn

Disabled Scanner

Enabled*

Disabled

Disable the scanner when it is not working properly.

162 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

ADF Disabled

SSccaannnneerr CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn

Tiff Byte Order

CPU Endianness*

Little Endian

Big Endian

Set the byte order of a TIFF-formatted scan output.

SSccaannnneerr CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn

Exact Tiff Rows Per Strip

On*

Off

Set the RowsPerStrip tag value of a TIFF-formatted

scan output.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

Out of Service Erase

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

OOuutt ooff SSeerrvviiccee EErraassee

Memory Last Sanitized

Hard Disk Last Sanitized

Show information on when the printer memory or hard

disk was last sanitized.

Hard Disk Last Sanitized appears only in printers with a

hard disk installed.

OOuutt ooff SSeerrvviiccee EErraassee

Sanitize all information on nonvolatile memory

Sanitize all information on hard disk

Erase all printer and network settings

Clear all settings and applications that are stored in the

printer memory or hard disk.

Sanitize all information on hard disk appears only in

printers with a hard disk installed.

VISIBLE HOME SCREEN ICONS

Note: This menu appears only in some printer models.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 163

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

Copy

E-mail

Fax

Status/Supplies

Job Queue

Change Language

Shortcut Center

Address Book

Bookmarks

Held Jobs

USB

FTP

Scan Profiles

App Profiles

Forms and Favorites

Scan Center

Card Copy

Specify which icons to show on the home screen.

HOME SCREEN CUSTOMIZATION

Home Screen Customization menu provides drag and drop option to reorder or move icons between pages in home

screen. Page 1 of the home screen can only have up to [''] icons.

SITE MAP

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

Helpful Links

• Home Page

• Order Supplies

• Technical Support

• Registration

• Utilities and Drivers

• Printer Manuals

The Helpful Links page provides direct links to Web

pages on www.xerox.com. These links provide you

with helpful information for your printer.

Site Index The site index provides links to all of the pages in the

Embedded Web Server.

164 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

SOFTWARE UPDATE

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

SSttaattuuss

Current Version: Click CChheecckk NNooww to verify the current

version of the software.

RReemmoottee SSeerrvviicceess PPoolliicciieess

Allow device to receive updates

• Yes (check box is selected)

• No (check box is cleared)

• Daily Check Time

– Hour

– Minute

• Installation Schedule

– Automatic

– Daily

– Weekly

• Time

– Hour

– Minute

UUppllooaadd aa SSooffttwwaarree FFiillee

To locate the software file to upload, click BBrroowwssee then

navigate to the folder where the software file is

located. Click UUppllooaadd or RReesseett.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 165

Use the Printer Menus

REMOTE SERVICES DATA UPLOAD

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

SSttaattuuss

• Last Upload

• Next Upload

Current Version: Click CChheecckk NNooww to verify the current

version of the software.

Last Upload indicates the date and time that the last

upload occurred.

Next Upload indicates date and time for the next

scheduled upload.

To download the information from the last upload, click

DDoowwnnllooaadd DDaattaa.

To upload a scheduled file immediately, click UUppllooaadd

NNooww.

RReemmoottee SSeerrvviicceess SSeettttiinnggss

Allow Data Upload

• Allow Data Upload

– Yes (check box is selected)

– No (check box is cleared)

• Test Connection

ABOUT THIS PRINTER

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

XXeerrooxx AAsssseett TTaagg The maximum length is 32 characters.

Customer Asset Tag Describe the printer. The maximum length is 32

characters.

PPrriinntteerr LLooccaattiioonn Identify the printer location. The maximum length is

63 characters.

CCoonnttaacctt Personalize the printer name. The maximum length is

63 characters.

EExxppoorrtt CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn FFiillee ttoo UUSSBB** Export configuration files to a flash drive.

EExxppoorrtt CCoommpprreesssseedd LLooggss ttoo UUSSBB** Export compressed log files to a flash drive.

*This menu item appears only in some printer models.

166 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

LAYOUT

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

SSiiddeess

1-sided*

2-sided

Specify whether to print on one side or two sides of the

paper.

FFlliipp SSttyyllee

Long Edge*

Short Edge

Determine which side of the paper (long edge or short

edge) is bound when performing two-sided printing.

Depending on the option selected, the printer

automatically offsets each printed information of the

page to bind the job correctly.

BBllaannkk PPaaggeess

Do Not Print*

Print blank pages that are included in a print job.

CCoollllaattee

Off [1,1,1,2,2,2]*

On [1,2,1,2,1,2]

Keep the pages of a print job stacked in sequence,

particularly when printing multiple copies of the job.

SSeeppaarraattoorr SShheeeettss

None*

Between Copies

Between Jobs

Between Pages

Insert blank separator sheets when printing.

SSeeppaarraattoorr SShheeeett SSoouurrccee

Tray [x] (1*)

Multipurpose Feeder

Specify the paper source for the separator sheet.

The multipurpose feeder is available only in some

printer models.

PPaaggeess ppeerr SSiiddee

Off*

2 pages per side

3 pages per side

4 pages per side

6 pages per side

9 pages per side

Print multiple page images on one side of a sheet of

paper.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 167

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

12 pages per side

16 pages per side

PPaaggeess ppeerr SSiiddee OOrrddeerriinngg

Horizontal*

Reverse Horizontal

Vertical

Reverse Vertical

Specify the positioning of multiple page images when

using Pages per Side.

The positioning depends on the number of page

images and their page orientation.

PPaaggeess ppeerr SSiiddee OOrriieennttaattiioonn

Auto*

Landscape

Portrait

Specify the orientation of a multiple-page document

when using Pages per Side.

PPaaggeess ppeerr SSiiddee BBoorrddeerr

None*

Solid

Print a border around each page image when using

Pages per Side.

CCooppiieess

1–9999 (1*)

Specify the number of copies for each print job.

PPrriinntt AArreeaa

Normal*

Fit to page

Whole Page

Set the printable area on a sheet of paper.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

SETUP

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

PPrriinntteerr LLaanngguuaaggee

PCL Emulation

PS Emulation*

Set the printer language.

Setting a printer language default does not prevent a

software program from sending print jobs that use

another printer language.

JJoobb WWaaiittiinngg

Off*

Preserve print jobs requiring supplies so that jobs not

requiring the missing supplies can print.

This menu item appears only when a printer hard disk

168 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

On is installed.

JJoobb HHoolldd TTiimmeeoouutt

0–255 (30*)

Set the time in seconds that the printer waits for user

intervention before it holds jobs that require

unavailable resources and continues to print other jobs

in the print queue.

This menu item appears only when a printer hard disk

is installed.

PPrriinntteerr UUssaaggee

Max Speed

Max Yield*

Determine how the color imaging kit operates during

printing.

• When set to Max Yield, the color imaging kit slows

or stops while printing groups of black-only pages.

• When set to Max Speed, the color imaging kit

always runs while printing, whether color or black

pages are being printed.

DDoowwnnllooaadd TTaarrggeett

RAM*

Disk

Specify where to save all permanent resources, such as

fonts and macros, that have been downloaded to the

printer.

This menu item appears only when a printer hard disk

is installed.

RReessoouurrccee SSaavvee

Off*

Determine what the printer does with downloaded

resources, such as fonts and macros, when it receives a

job that requires more than the available memory.

• When set to Off, the printer retains downloaded

resources only until memory is needed. Resources

associated with the inactive printer language are

deleted.

• When set to On, the printer preserves all the

permanent downloaded resources across all

language switches. When necessary, the printer

shows memory full messages instead of deleting

permanent resources.

PPrriinntt AAllll OOrrddeerr

Alphabetical*

Newest First

Oldest First

Specify the order when you choose to print all held and

confidential jobs.

This menu item appears only when a printer hard disk

is installed.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 169

Use the Printer Menus

QUALITY

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

PPrriinntt MMooddee

Black and White

Color*

Set the print mode.

PPrriinntt RReessoolluuttiioonn

4800 CQ*

1200 dpi

Set the resolution for the printed output.

4800 CQ provides high-quality output at maximum

speed.

TToonneerr DDaarrkknneessss

1 to 5 (4*)

Determine the lightness or darkness of text images.

HHaallffttoonnee

Normal*

Detail

Enhance the printed output to have smoother lines

with sharper edges.

CCoolloorr SSaavveerr

Off*

Reduce the amount of toner used to print graphics and

images.

RRGGBB BBrriigghhttnneessss

-6 to 6 (0*)

Adjust the brightness, contrast, and saturation for color

output.

This setting does not affect files where CMYK color

specifications are used.

RRGGBB CCoonnttrraasstt

0 to 5 (0*)

RRGGBB SSaattuurraattiioonn

0 to 5 (0*)

AAddvvaanncceedd IImmaaggiinngg

CCoolloorr BBaallaannccee

Cyan

-5 to 5 (0*)

Magenta

-5 to 5 (0*)

Yellow

-5 to 5 (0*)

Black

-5 to 5 (0*)

Adjust the amount of toner that is used for each color.

170 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

Reset Defaults

CCoolloorr CCoorrrreeccttiioonn

Off

Auto*

Manual

CCoolloorr CCoorrrreeccttiioonn CCoonntteenntt

Modify the color settings used to print documents.

• Off sets the printer to receive the color correction

from the software.

• Auto sets the printer to apply different color profiles

to each object on the printed page.

• Manual allows the customization of the RGB or

CMYK color conversions applied to each object on

the printed page.

• Color Correction Content is available only when

Color Correction is set to Manual.

CCoolloorr SSaammpplleess

Print Color Samples

Print sample pages for each of the RGB and CMYK

color conversion tables used in the printer.

CCoolloorr AAddjjuusstt Calibrate the printer to adjust color variations in the

printed output.

SSppoott CCoolloorr RReeppllaacceemmeenntt

Set Custom CMYK

Assign specific CMYK values to twenty named spot

colors

SSppoott CCoolloorr RReeppllaacceemmeenntt

Set Custom CMYK

Assign specific CMYK values to twenty named spot

colors.

RRGGBB RReeppllaacceemmeenntt Match the colors of the output with that of the original

document.

• This menu item requires that you select the

Display-True-Black color table.

• This menu item appears only in the Embedded

Web Server.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

JOB ACCOUNTING

Note: This menu appears only when a printer hard disk is installed.

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

JJoobb AAccccoouunnttiinngg

Off*

Set the printer to create a log of the print jobs that it

receives.

AAccccoouunnttiinngg LLoogg FFrreeqquueennccyy Specify how often the printer creates a log file.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 171

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

Daily

Weekly

Monthly*

LLoogg AAccttiioonn aatt EEnndd ooff FFrreeqquueennccyy

None*

E-mail Current Log

E-mail & Delete Current Log

Post Current Log

Post & Delete Current Log

Specify how the printer responds when the frequency

threshold expires.

The value defined in Accounting Log Frequency

determines when this action is triggered.

LLoogg NNeeaarr FFuullll LLeevveell

Off*

Specify the maximum size of the log file before the

printer executes the Log Action at Near Full.

LLoogg AAccttiioonn aatt NNeeaarr FFuullll

None*

E-mail Current Log

E-mail & Delete Current Log

E-mail & Delete Oldest Log

Post Current Log

Post & Delete Current Log

Post & Delete Oldest Log

Delete Current Log

Delete Oldest Log

Delete All But Current

Delete All Logs

Specify how the printer responds when the hard disk is

nearly full.

The value defined in Log Near Full Level determines

when this action is triggered.

LLoogg AAccttiioonn aatt FFuullll

None*

E-mail & Delete Current Log

E-mail & Delete Oldest Log

Post & Delete Current Log

Post & Delete Oldest Log

Delete Current Log

Specify how the printer responds when disk usage

reaches the maximum limit (100MB).

172 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

Delete Oldest Log

Delete All But Current

Delete All Logs

UURRLL ttoo PPoosstt LLoogg Specify where the printer posts job accounting logs.

EE--mmaaiill AAddddrreessss ttoo SSeenndd LLooggss Specify the e-mail address to which the printer sends

job accounting logs.

LLoogg FFiillee PPrreeffiixx Specify the prefix for the log file name.

The current host name defined in the TCP/IP menu is

used as the default log file prefix.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

XPS

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

PPrriinntt EErrrroorr PPaaggeess

Off*

Print a test page that contains information on errors,

including XML markup errors.

MMiinniimmuumm LLiinnee WWiiddtthh

1–30 (2*)

Set the minimum stroke width.

• Jobs printed in 1200 dpi use the value directly.

• Jobs printed in 4800 CQ use half the value.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 173

Use the Printer Menus

PDF

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

SSccaallee ttoo FFiitt

Off*

Scale the page content to fit the selected paper size.

AAnnnnoottaattiioonnss

Do Not Print*

Specify whether to print annotations in the PDF.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

POSTSCRIPT

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

PPrriinntt PPSS EErrrroorr

Off*

Print a page that describes the PostScript®error.

When an error occurs, processing of the job stops, the

printer prints an error message, and the rest of the

print job is flushed.

MMiinniimmuumm LLiinnee WWiiddtthh

1–30 (2*)

Set the minimum stroke width.

• Jobs printed in 1200 dpi use the value directly.

• Jobs printed in 4800 CQ use half the value.

LLoocckk PPSS SSttaarrttuupp MMooddee

Off*

Disable the SysStart file.

IImmaaggee SSmmooootthhiinngg

Off*

Enhance the contrast and sharpness of low-resolution

images.

This setting has no effect on images with a resolution

of 300 dpi or higher.

FFoonntt PPrriioorriittyy

Resident*

Flash/Disk

Establish the font search order.

• Resident sets the printer to search its memory for

the requested font before searching the flash

memory or printer hard disk.

• Flash/Disk sets the printer to search the flash

memory or printer hard disk for the requested font

before searching the printer memory.

• This menu item appears only when a flash memory

or printer hard disk is installed.

174 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

WWaaiitt TTiimmeeoouutt

Off

On* (40 seconds)

Set the printer to wait for more data before canceling a

print job.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

PCL

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

FFoonntt SSoouurrccee

Resident*

Disk

Flash

All

Choose the source which contains the default font

selection.

• Flash and Disk appear only in some printer models.

• For Flash and Disk to appear, make sure that they

are not read- or write-protected.

FFoonntt NNaammee

[List of available fonts] (Courier*)

Select a font from the specified font source.

SSyymmbbooll SSeett

[List of available symbol set] (10U PC-8*)

Specify the symbol set for each font name.

A symbol set is a set of alphabetic and numeric

characters, punctuation, and special symbols. Symbol

sets support the different languages or specific

programs such as math symbols for scientific text.

PPiittcchh

0.08–100 (10*)

Specify the pitch for fixed or monospaced fonts.

Pitch refers to the number of fixed-space characters in

a horizontal inch of type.

OOrriieennttaattiioonn

Portrait*

Landscape

Specify the orientation of text and graphics on the

page.

LLiinneess ppeerr PPaaggee

1–255

Specify the number of lines of text for each page

printed through the PCL®datastream.

• This menu item activates vertical escapement that

causes the selected number of requested lines to

print between the default margins of the page.

• 60 is the U.S. factory default setting. 64 is the

international factory default setting.

PPCCLL55 MMiinniimmuumm LLiinnee WWiiddtthh Set the initial minimum stroke width.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 175

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

1–30 (2*) • Jobs printed in 1200 dpi use the value directly.

• Jobs printed in 4800CQ use half the value.

PPCCLLXXLL MMiinniimmuumm LLiinnee WWiiddtthh

1–30 (2*)

AA44 WWiiddtthh

198mm*

203mm

Set the width of the logical page on A4-size paper.

Logical page is the space on the physical page where

data is printed.

AAuuttoo CCRR aafftteerr LLFF

Off*

Set the printer to perform a carriage return after a line

feed control command.

Carriage return is a mechanism that commands the

printer to move the position of the cursor to the first

position on the same line.

AAuuttoo LLFF aafftteerr CCRR

Off*

Set the printer to perform a line feed after a carriage

return control command.

TTrraayy RReennuummbbeerr

Assign MP Feeder

Assign Tray [x]

Assign Manual Paper

Assign Manual Envelope

Configure the printer to work with a different print

driver or custom application that uses a different set of

source assignments to request a given paper source.

Choose from the following options:

Off*—The printer uses the factory default paper source

assignments.

None—The paper source ignores the Select Paper Feed

command.

0–199—Select a numeric value to assign a custom

value to a paper source.

The multipurpose feeder is available only in some

printer models.

TTrraayy RReennuummbbeerr

View Factory Defaults

Show the factory default value assigned for each paper

source.

TTrraayy RReennuummbbeerr

Restore Defaults

Restore the tray renumber values to their factory

defaults.

176 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

PPrriinntt TTiimmeeoouutt

Off

On* [90]

Set the printer to end a print job after it has been idle

for the specified amount of time in seconds.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

HTML

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

FFoonntt NNaammee

[List of fonts] (Times*)

Set the font to use for HTML documents.

FFoonntt SSiizzee

1–255 (12*)

Set the font size to use for HTML documents.

SSccaallee

1–400% (100*)

Scale HTML documents.

OOrriieennttaattiioonn

Portrait*

Landscape

Set the page orientation for HTML documents.

MMaarrggiinn SSiizzee

8–255mm (19*)

Set the page margin for HTML documents.

BBaacckkggrroouunnddss

Do Not Print

Print*

Print background information or graphics for HTML

documents.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

IMAGE

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

AAuuttoo FFiitt

Off*

Select the best available paper size and orientation

setting for an image.

When set to On, this menu item overrides the scaling

and orientation settings for the image.

IInnvveerrtt Invert bitonal monochrome images.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 177

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

Off*

This menu item does not apply to GIF or JPEG image

formats.

SSccaalliinngg

Anchor Top Left

Best Fit*

Anchor Center

Fit Height/Width

Fit Height

Fit Width

Adjust the image to fit the printable area.

When Auto Fit is set to On, Scaling is automatically set

to Best Fit.

OOrriieennttaattiioonn

Portrait*

Landscape

Reverse Portrait

Reverse Landscape

Specify the orientation of text and graphics on the

page.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

178 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

Paper

TRAY CONFIGURATION

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

DDeeffaauulltt SSoouurrccee

Tray [x] (1*)

Multipurpose Feeder

Manual Paper

Manual Envelope

Set the paper source for all print jobs.

Multipurpose Feeder only appears when Configure MP

is set to Cassette.

PPaappeerr SSiizzee//TTyyppee

Tray [x]

Multipurpose Feeder

Manual Paper

Manual Envelope

Specify the paper size or paper type loaded in each

paper source.

SSuubbssttiittuuttee SSiizzee

Off

Statement/A5

Letter/A4

All Listed*

Set the printer to substitute a specified paper size if the

requested size is not loaded in any paper source.

• Off prompts the user to load the required paper

size.

• Statement/A5 prints an A5-size document on

statement when loading statement, and

statement-size jobs on A5 paper size when loading

A5.

• Letter/A4 prints an A4-size document on letter

when loading letter, and letter-size jobs on A4

paper size when loading A4.

• All Listed Substitutes Letter/A4.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 179

Use the Printer Menus

MEDIA CONFIGURATION

Universal Setup

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

UUnniittss ooff MMeeaassuurree

Inches

Millimeters

Specify the unit of measurement for the universal

paper.

Inches is the U.S. factory default setting. Millimeters is

the international factory default setting.

PPoorrttrraaiitt WWiiddtthh

3–14.17inches (8.50*)

76–359.91mm (216*)

Set the portrait width of the universal paper.

PPoorrttrraaiitt HHeeiigghhtt

3–14.17inches (14*)

76–359.91mm (356*)

Set the portrait height of the universal paper.

FFeeeedd DDiirreeccttiioonn

Short Edge*

Long Edge

Set the printer to pick paper from the short edge or

long edge direction.

Long Edge appears only when the longest edge is

shorter than the maximum width supported.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

180 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

Custom Scan Sizes

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

CCuussttoomm SSccaann SSiizzee [[xx]]

Scan Size Name

Width

1–8.50inches (8.50*)

25–216mm (216*)

Height

1–14inches (14*)

25–356mm (297*)

Orientation

Portrait*

Landscape

2 scans per side

Off*

Assign a scan size name and configure the scan

settings.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 181

Use the Printer Menus

Media Types

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

Plain

Card Stock

Recycled

Glossy

Labels

Vinyl Labels

Bond

Envelope

Letterhead

Preprinted

Colored Paper

Light

Heavy

Rough/Cotton

Custom Type [x]

Specify the texture and weight of the paper loaded.

182 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

Copy

COPY DEFAULTS

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

CCoonntteenntt TTyyppee

Text

Text/Photo*

Photo

Graphics

Improve the output result based on the content of the

original document.

CCoonntteenntt SSoouurrccee

Black and White Laser

Color Laser*

Inkjet

Photo/Film

Magazine

Newspaper

Press

Other

Improve the output result based on the source of the

original document.

SSiiddeess

1 sided to 1 sided*

1 sided to 2 sided

2 sided to 1 sided

2 sided to 2 sided

Specify the scanning behavior based on the original

document.

SSeeppaarraattoorr SShheeeettss

None*

Between Copies

Between Jobs

Between Pages

Specify whether to insert blank separator sheets when

printing.

SSeeppaarraattoorr SShheeeett SSoouurrccee

Tray [x] (1*)

Multipurpose Feeder

Specify the paper source for the separator sheet.

CCoolloorr Specify whether to print copies in color.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 183

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

Off

On*

Auto

PPaaggeess ppeerr SSiiddee

Off*

2 Portrait pages

4 Portrait pages

2 Landscape pages

4 Landscape pages

Specify the number of page images to print on one

side of a sheet of paper.

PPrriinntt PPaaggee BBoorrddeerrss

Off*

Place a border around each image when printing

multiple pages on a single page.

CCoollllaattee

Off [1,1,1,2,2,2]

On [1,2,1,2,1,2]*

Print multiple copies in sequence.

““CCooppyy ffrroomm”” SSiizzee

[List of paper sizes]

Set the paper size of the original document.

• Letter is the U.S. factory default setting. A4 is the

international factory default setting.

• This menu item may vary depending on your

printer model.

““CCooppyy ttoo”” SSoouurrccee

Tray [x] (1*)

Multipurpose Feeder

Auto Size Match

Specify the paper source for the copy job.

TTeemmppeerraattuurree

-4 to 4 (0*)

Specify whether to generate a cooler or warmer output.

DDaarrkknneessss

-4 to 4 (0*)

Adjust the darkness of the scanned image.

NNuummbbeerr ooff CCooppiieess

1–9999 (1*)

Specify the number of copies.

HHeeaaddeerr//FFooootteerr

Top left

Apply a header or footer on the printed output.

184 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

Top middle

Top right

Bottom left

Bottom middle

Bottom right

OOvveerrllaayy

Confidential

Copy

Draft

Urgent

Custom

Off*

Specify the overlay text printed on each page of the

copy job.

CCuussttoomm oovveerrllaayy Type a custom overlay text.

AAddvvaanncceedd IImmaaggiinngg

CCoolloorr BBaallaannccee

-4 to 4 (0*)

Adjust the amount of toner being used in each color.

CCoolloorr DDrrooppoouutt

None*

Red

Green

Blue

DDeeffaauulltt RReedd TThhrreesshhoolldd

0–255 (128*)

DDeeffaauulltt GGrreeeenn TThhrreesshhoolldd

0–255 (128*)

DDeeffaauulltt BBlluuee TThhrreesshhoolldd

0–255 (128*)

Specify which color to drop during scanning, and adjust

the dropout setting for that color.

AAuuttoo CCoolloorr DDeetteecctt

Color Sensitivity

1–9 (5*)

Set the amount of color that the printer detects from

the original document.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 185

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

Area Sensitivity

1–9 (5*)

CCoonnttrraasstt

Best for Content*

Specify the contrast of the output.

BBaacckkggrroouunndd RReemmoovvaall

Background Detection

Content-based*

Fixed

Level

-4 to 4 (0*)

Adjust the amount of background visible on a scanned

image.

If you want to remove the background color from the

original document, then set Background Detection to

Content-based. If you want to remove image noise

from a photo, then set Background Detection to Fixed.

AAuuttoo CCeenntteerr

Off*

Align the content at the center of the page.

MMiirrrroorr IImmaaggee

Off*

Create a mirror image of the original document.

NNeeggaattiivvee IImmaaggee

Off*

Create a negative image of the original document.

SShhaaddooww DDeettaaiill

-4 to 4 (0*)

Adjust the amount of shadow detail visible on a

scanned image.

SSccaann EEddggee ttoo EEddggee

Off*

Allow edge-to-edge scanning of the original document.

SShhaarrppnneessss Adjust the sharpness of a scanned image.

186 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

1–5 (3*)

AAddmmiinn CCoonnttrroollss

Menu item Description

AAllllooww CCoolloorr CCooppiieess

Off

On*

Print copies in color.

AAllllooww PPrriioorriittyy CCooppiieess

Off

On*

Interrupt a print job to copy a page or document.

CCuussttoomm JJoobb SSccaannnniinngg

Off*

Turn on scanning of custom jobs by default.

AAllllooww SSaavvee aass SShhoorrttccuutt

Off

On*

Save custom copy settings as shortcuts.

SSaammppllee CCooppyy Print a sample copy.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 187

Use the Printer Menus

Fax

FAX MODE

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

FFaaxx MMooddee

Fax Server

Disabled

Select a fax mode.

* Indicates the default value.

FAX SETUP

General Fax Settings

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

FFaaxx NNaammee Identify your fax machine.

FFaaxx NNuummbbeerr Identify your fax number.

FFaaxx IIDD

Fax Name

Fax Number*

Notify fax recipients of your fax name or fax number.

MMeemmoorryy UUssee

All receive

Mostly receive

Equal*

Mostly send

All send

Set the amount of internal printer memory allocated

for faxing.

This menu item prevents memory buffer conditions

and failed faxes.

CCaanncceell FFaaxxeess

Allow*

Don't Allow

Cancel outgoing faxes before they are transmitted, or

cancel incoming faxes before they finish printing.

CCaalllleerr IIDD

Off

On*

Alternate

Show the telephone number of the person sending the

fax.

FFaaxx NNuummbbeerr MMaasskkiinngg Specify the format for masking an outgoing fax

188 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

Off*

From Left

From Right

number.

DDiiggiittss ttoo MMaasskk

0–58 (0*)

Specify the number of digits to mask in an outgoing

fax number.

EEnnaabbllee LLiinnee CCoonnnneecctteedd DDeetteeccttiioonn

Off

On*

Determine whether a telephone line is connected to

the printer.

• Detection takes place when turning on the printer

and before each call.

• This menu item does not appear if Fax Transport is

set to T.38.

OOppttiimmiizzee FFaaxx CCoommppaattiibbiilliittyy Configure the printer fax functionality for optimal

compatibility with other fax machines.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

Fax Send Settings

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

RReessoolluuttiioonn

Standard*

Fine

Super Fine

Ultra Fine

Set the resolution of the scanned image.

A higher resolution increases fax transmission time and

requires higher memory.

OOrriiggiinnaall SSiizzee

[List of paper sizes]

Specify the size of the original document.

Mixed Sizes is the U.S. factory default setting. A4 is the

international factory default setting.

OOrriieennttaattiioonn

Portrait*

Landscape

Specify the orientation of the original document.

SSiiddeess

Off*

Long Edge

Short Edge

Specify the page orientation of text and graphics when

scanning a two-sided document.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 189

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

CCoonntteenntt TTyyppee

Text*

Text/Photo

Photo

Graphics

Improve the output result based on the content of the

original document.

CCoonntteenntt SSoouurrccee

Black and White Laser*

Color Laser

Inkjet

Photo/Film

Magazine

Newspaper

Press

Other

Improve the output result based on the source of the

original document.

DDaarrkknneessss

1 to 9 (5*)

Adjust the darkness of the scanned image.

BBeehhiinndd aa PPAABBXX

Off*

Set the printer to dial a fax number without waiting to

recognize the dial tone.

Private Automated Branch Exchange (PABX) is a

telephone network that allows a single access number

to offer multiple lines to outside callers.

DDiiaall MMooddee

Tone*

Pulse

Specify the dial mode for incoming or outgoing faxes.

AAddvvaanncceedd IImmaaggiinngg

CCoolloorr BBaallaannccee

1 to 9 (5*)

Adjust the amount of toner used for each color.

CCoolloorr DDrrooppoouutt

None*

Red

Green

Blue

Specify which color to drop during scanning, and adjust

the dropout setting for that color.

190 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

DDeeffaauulltt RReedd TThhrreesshhoolldd

0–255 (128*)

DDeeffaauulltt GGrreeeenn TThhrreesshhoolldd

0–255 (128*)

DDeeffaauulltt BBlluuee TThhrreesshhoolldd

0–255 (128*)

CCoonnttrraasstt

Best for Content*

Set the contrast of the output.

BBaacckkggrroouunndd RReemmoovvaall

Background Detection

Content-based*

Fixed

Level

-4 to 4 (0*)

Adjust the amount of background visible on a scanned

image.

If you want to remove the background color from the

original document, then set Background Detection to

Content-based. If you want to remove image noise

from a photo, then set Background Detection to Fixed.

MMiirrrroorr IImmaaggee

Off*

Create a mirror image of the original document.

NNeeggaattiivvee IImmaaggee

Off*

Create a negative image of the original document.

SShhaaddooww DDeettaaiill

-4 to 4 (0*)

Adjust the amount of shadow detail visible on a

scanned image.

SSccaann EEddggee ttoo EEddggee

Off*

Allow edge-to-edge scanning of the original document.

SShhaarrppnneessss

1–5 (3*)

Adjust the sharpness of the scanned image.

TTeemmppeerraattuurree

-4 to 4 (0*)

Specify whether to generate a cooler or warmer output.

AAddmmiinn CCoonnttrroollss

AAuuttoommaattiicc RReeddiiaall Adjust the number of redial attempts based on the

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 191

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

0–9 (5*) activity levels of recipient fax machines.

RReeddiiaall FFrreeqquueennccyy

1–200 minutes (3*)

Increase the time between redial attempts to increase

the chance of sending fax successfully.

EEnnaabbllee EECCMM

Off

On*

Activate Error Correction Mode (ECM) for fax jobs.

ECM detects and corrects errors in the fax transmission

process that are caused by telephone line noise and

poor signal strength.

EEnnaabbllee FFaaxx SSccaannss

Off

On*

Fax documents that are scanned at the printer.

DDrriivveerr ttoo FFaaxx

Off

On*

Allow the print driver to send fax.

AAllllooww SSaavvee aass SShhoorrttccuutt

Off

On*

Save fax numbers as shortcuts in the printer.

MMaaxx SSppeeeedd

33600*

14400

9600

4800

2400

Set the maximum speed for sending fax.

CCuussttoomm JJoobb SSccaannnniinngg

Off*

Turn on scanning of custom jobs by default.

This menu item appears only when a hard disk is

installed.

SSccaann PPrreevviieeww

Off*

Show a preview of the scan on the display.

This menu item appears only when a hard disk is

installed.

EEnnaabbllee CCoolloorr FFaaxx SSccaannss

Off by default*

On by default

Enable color scans for fax.

192 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

Never use

Always use

AAuuttoo CCoonnvveerrtt CCoolloorr FFaaxxeess ttoo MMoonnoo FFaaxxeess

Off

On*

Convert all outgoing color faxes to black and white.

CCoonnffiirrmm FFaaxx NNuummbbeerr

Off*

Ask the user to confirm the fax number.

DDiiaall PPrreeffiixx Set a dialing prefix.

DDiiaalliinngg PPrreeffiixx RRuulleess

Prefix Rule [x]

Establish a dialing prefix rule.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

Fax Receive Settings

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

RRiinnggss ttoo AAnnsswweerr

1–25 (3*)

Set the number of rings for incoming fax.

AAuuttoo RReedduuccttiioonn

Off

On*

Scale incoming fax to fit on the page.

PPaappeerr SSoouurrccee

Tray [x]

Multipurpose Feeder

Auto*

Set the paper source for printing incoming fax.

SSiiddeess

Off*

Print on both sides of the paper.

SSeeppaarraattoorr SShheeeettss

None*

Before Job

Specify whether to insert blank separator sheets when

printing.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 193

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

After Job

SSeeppaarraattoorr SShheeeett SSoouurrccee

Tray[x] (1*)

Multipurpose Feeder

Specify the paper source for the separator sheet.

OOuuttppuutt BBiinn

Standard Bin

Specify the output bin for received faxes.

FFaaxx FFooootteerr

Off*

Print the transmission information at the bottom of

each page from a received fax.

FFaaxx FFooootteerr TTiimmee SSttaammpp

Receive*

Print the time stamp at the bottom of each page from

a received fax.

HHoollddiinngg FFaaxxeess

Held Fax Mode

Off*

Always On

Manual

Scheduled

Hold received faxes from printing until they are

released.

AAddmmiinn CCoonnttrroollss

EEnnaabbllee FFaaxx RReecceeiivvee

Off

On*

Set the printer to receive fax.

EEnnaabbllee CCoolloorr FFaaxx RReecceeiivvee

Off

On*

Set the printer to receive fax in color.

EEnnaabbllee CCaalllleerr IIDD

Off

On*

Show the number that is sending the incoming fax.

BBlloocckk NNoo NNaammee FFaaxx

Off*

Block incoming faxes sent from devices with no Private

Caller ID or fax ID specified.

194 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

BBaannnneedd FFaaxx LLiisstt

Add Banned Fax

Specify the phone numbers that you want to block.

AAnnsswweerr OOnn

All Rings*

Single Ring Only

Double Ring Only

Triple Ring Only

Single or Double Rings Only

Single or Triple Rings Only

Double or Triple Rings Only

Set a distinctive ring pattern for incoming fax.

AAuuttoo AAnnsswweerr

Off

On*

Set the printer to receive fax automatically.

MMaannuuaall AAnnsswweerr CCooddee

0–9 (9*)

Manually enter a code on the telephone number pad

to begin receiving fax.

• This menu item appears only when the printer

shares a line with a telephone.

• This menu item appears only when you set the

printer to receive fax manually.

FFaaxx FFoorrwwaarrddiinngg

Print*

Print and Forward

Forward

Specify how to forward received fax.

FFoorrwwaarrdd ttoo

Destination [x]

Type

Shortcut Number

Specify where to forward received fax. This field

becomes active when Forward or Print and Forward are

selected for Fax Forwarding.

CCoonnffiirrmmaattiioonn EE--mmaaiill Send a confirmation e-mail when fax forwarding is

successful.

The e-mail is sent only when forwarding to FTP or

Network Share destinations.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 195

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

MMaaxx SSppeeeedd

33600*

14400

9600

4800

2400

Set the maximum speed for transmitting fax.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

Fax Cover Page

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

FFaaxx CCoovveerr PPaaggee

Off by Default*

On by Default

Never Use

Always Use

Configure the settings for the fax cover page.

IInncclluuddee TToo ffiieelldd

Off*

IInncclluuddee FFrroomm ffiieelldd

Off*

FFrroomm

IInncclluuddee MMeessssaaggee FFiieelldd

Off*

MMeessssaaggee::

IInncclluuddee LLooggoo

Off*

IImmppoorrtt FFaaxx LLooggoo

196 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

IInncclluuddee FFooootteerr [[xx]]

Off*

FFooootteerr [[xx]]

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

Fax Log Settings

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

TTrraannssmmiissssiioonn LLoogg FFrreeqquueennccyy

Always

Never

Only For Error

The frequency for printing logs.

Transmission Log Action

• Off

• On

E-mail

• Off

• On

RReecceeiivvee EErrrroorr LLoogg

Print Never*

Print on Error

Print a log for fax-receive failures.

AAuuttoo PPrriinntt LLooggss

On*

Off

Print all fax activity.

LLoogg PPaappeerr SSoouurrccee

Tray [x] (1*)

Multipurpose Feeder

Specify the paper source for printing logs.

LLooggss DDiissppllaayy

Remote Fax Name*

Dialed Number

Identify the sender by remote fax name or fax number.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 197

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

EEnnaabbllee JJoobb LLoogg

On*

Off

View a summary of all fax jobs.

EEnnaabbllee CCaallll LLoogg

On*

Off

View a summary of fax dialing history.

LLoogg OOuuttppuutt BBiinn

Standard Bin*

Bin [x]

Specify the output bin for printed logs.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

Speaker Settings

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

SSppeeaakkeerr MMooddee

Always Off

Always On

On until Connected*

Set the fax speaker mode.

SSppeeaakkeerr VVoolluummee

Low*

High

Adjust the fax speaker volume.

RRiinnggeerr VVoolluummee

Off

On*

Enable the ringer volume.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

198 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

E-mail

E-MAIL SETUP

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

PPrriimmaarryy SSMMTTPP GGaatteewwaayy Type the IP address or host name of the primary SMTP

server for sending e-mail.

PPrriimmaarryy SSMMTTPP GGaatteewwaayy PPoorrtt

1–65535 (25*)

Enter the port number of the primary SMTP server.

SSeeccoonnddaarryy SSMMTTPP GGaatteewwaayy Type the server IP address or host name of your

secondary or backup SMTP server.

SSeeccoonnddaarryy SSMMTTPP GGaatteewwaayy PPoorrtt

1–65535 (25*)

Enter the server port number of your secondary or

backup SMTP server.

SSMMTTPP TTiimmeeoouutt

5–30 seconds (30*)

Set the time before the printer times out if the SMTP

server does not respond.

RReeppllyy AAddddrreessss Specify a reply address in the e-mail.

AAllwwaayyss uussee SSMMTTPP ddeeffaauulltt RReeppllyy AAddddrreessss

On*

Off

Always use the default reply address in the SMTP

server.

UUssee SSSSLL//TTLLSS

Disabled*

Negotiate

Required

Specify whether to send e-mail using an encrypted link.

RReeqquuiirree TTrruusstteedd CCeerrttiiffiiccaattee

Off

On*

Require a trusted certificate when accessing the SMTP

server.

SSMMTTPP SSeerrvveerr AAuutthheennttiiccaattiioonn

No authentication required*

NTLM

CRAM-MD5

Digest-MD5

Kerberos 5

Set the authentication type for the SMTP server.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 199

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

DDeevviiccee--IInniittiiaatteedd EE--mmaaiill

None*

Use Device SMTP Credentials

Specify whether credentials are required for device-

initiated e-mail.

UUsseerr--IInniittiiaatteedd EE--mmaaiill

None*

Use Device SMTP Credentials

Use Session User ID and Password

Use Session E-mail address and Password

Prompt user

Specify whether credentials are required for user-

initiated e-mail.

UUssee AAccttiivvee DDiirreeccttoorryy DDeevviiccee CCrreeddeennttiiaallss

Off

On*

Enable user credentials and group designations to

connect to the SMTP server.

DDeevviiccee UUsseerriidd Specify the user ID and password to connect to the

SMTP server.

DDeevviiccee PPaasssswwoorrdd

KKeerrbbeerrooss 55 RREEAALLMM Specify the realm for the Kerberos 5 authentication

protocol.

NNTTLLMM DDoommaaiinn Specify the domain name for the NTLM security

protocol.

DDiissaabbllee ""SSMMTTPP sseerrvveerr nnoott sseett uupp"" eerrrroorr

Off*

Hide the “SMTP server not set up” error message.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

E-MAIL DEFAULTS

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

SSuubbjjeecctt Specify the e-mail subject and message.

MMeessssaaggee

FFiillee NNaammee Specify the file name for the scanned image.

FFoorrmmaatt

PDF (.pdf)*

TIFF (.tif)

Specify the file format for the scanned image.

200 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

JPEG (.jpg)

XPS (.xps)

PPDDFF SSeettttiinnggss

PPDDFF VVeerrssiioonn

1.3

1.4

1.5*

1.6

1.7

AArrcchhiivvaall VVeerrssiioonn

A-1a*

A-1b

SSeeccuurree

Off*

AArrcchhiivvaall ((PPDDFF//AA))

Off*

Set the PDF format of the scanned image.

CCoonntteenntt TTyyppee

Text

Text/Photo*

Photo

Graphics

Improve the output result based on the content of the

original document.

CCoonntteenntt SSoouurrccee

Black and White Laser*

Color Laser

Inkjet

Photo/Film

Magazine

Newspaper

Press

Improve the output result based on the original

document.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 201

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

Other

CCoolloorr

Black and White

Gray

Color*

Auto

Specify the color when scanning an image.

RReessoolluuttiioonn

75 dpi

150 dpi*

200 dpi

300 dpi

400 dpi

600 dpi

Set the resolution of the scanned image.

DDaarrkknneessss

1 to 9 (5*)

Adjust the darkness of the scanned image.

OOrriieennttaattiioonn

Portrait*

Landscape

Specify the orientation of text and graphics on the

page.

OOrriiggiinnaall SSiizzee

[List of paper sizes]

Set the paper size of the original document.

Mixed Sizes is the factory default setting.

SSiiddeess

Off*

Long Edge

Short Edge

Specify the page orientation of text and graphics when

scanning a two-sided document.

AAddvvaanncceedd IImmaaggiinngg

CCoolloorr BBaallaannccee

Cyan to Red

1 to 9 (5*)

Magenta to Green

1 to 9 (5*)

Adjust the color intensity during scanning.

202 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

Yellow to Blue

1 to 9 (5*)

CCoolloorr DDrrooppoouutt

Color Dropout

None*

Red

Green

Blue

Default Red Threshold

0–255 (128*)

Default Green Threshold

0–255 (128*)

Default Blue Threshold

0–255 (128*)

Specify which color to drop during scanning, and adjust

the dropout setting for that color.

AAuuttoo CCoolloorr DDeetteecctt

Color Sensitivity

1–9 (5*)

Area Sensitivity

1–9 (5*)

E-mail Bit Depth

1bit*

8bit

Set the amount of color that the printer detects from

the original document.

This menu item appears only when Color is set to Auto.

Minimum Scan Resolution

• 75 dpi

• 150 dpi

• 200 dpi

• 300 dpi

JJPPEEGG QQuuaalliittyy

Best for content*

5–95

Set the quality of a JPEG-format scanned image.

• 5 reduces the file size, but lessens the image

quality.

• 95 provides the best image quality, but produces a

large file size.

CCoonnttrraasstt Specify the contrast of the output.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 203

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

Best for content*

BBaacckkggrroouunndd RReemmoovvaall

Background Detection

Content-based*

Fixed

Level

-4 to 4 (0*)

Adjust the amount of background visible on a scanned

image.

If you want to remove the background color from the

original document, then set Background Detection to

Content-based. If you want to remove image noise

from a photo, then set Background Detection to Fixed.

MMiirrrroorr IImmaaggee

Off*

Create a mirror image of the original document.

NNeeggaattiivvee IImmaaggee

Off*

Create a negative image of the original document.

SShhaaddooww DDeettaaiill

-4 to 4 (0*)

Adjust the amount of shadow detail visible on a

scanned image.

SSccaann EEddggee ttoo EEddggee

Off*

Allow edge-to-edge scanning of the original document.

SShhaarrppnneessss

1–5 (3*)

Adjust the sharpness of a scanned image.

TTeemmppeerraattuurree

1 to 9 (5*)

Specify whether to generate a cooler or warmer output.

BBllaannkk PPaaggeess

Blank Page Removal

Blank Page Sensitivity

Specify whether to include blank pages.

204 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

AAddmmiinn CCoonnttrroollss

MMaaxx EE--mmaaiill SSiizzee

0–65535 (0*)

Set the allowable file size for each e-mail.

SSiizzee EErrrroorr MMeessssaaggee Specify an error message that the printer sends when

an e-mail exceeds its allowable file size.

You can type up to 1024 characters.

LLiimmiitt DDeessttiinnaattiioonnss Limit sending of e-mail only to the specified list of

domain names.

Use a comma to separate each domain.

SSeenndd MMee aa CCooppyy

Never appears*

On by Default

Off by Default

Always On

Send a copy of the e-mail to yourself.

Allow self-e-mails only

Off*

UUssee cccc:://bbcccc::

Off*

Enable carbon copy and blind carbon copy in e-mail.

UUssee MMuullttii--PPaaggee TTIIFFFF

On*

Off

Choose between single- and multiple-page TIFF files.

TTIIFFFF CCoommpprreessssiioonn

LZW*

JPEG

Set a compression option for TIFF files.

TTeexxtt DDeeffaauulltt

5–95 (75*)

Set the quality of text on a scanned image.

TTeexxtt//PPhhoottoo DDeeffaauulltt

5–95 (75*)

Set the quality of text or photo on a scanned image.

PPhhoottoo DDeeffaauulltt

5–95 (50*)

Set the quality of a photo on a scanned image.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 205

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

TTrraannssmmiissssiioonn LLoogg

Print log*

Do Not Print Log

Print Only for Error

Print a log for successful e-mail transmission.

LLoogg PPaappeerr SSoouurrccee

Tray [x] (1*)

Multipurpose Feeder

Specify the paper source for printing logs.

AAllllooww SSaavvee aass SShhoorrttccuutt

Off

On*

Save e-mail addresses as shortcuts.

When set to Off, the Save As Shortcut button does not

appear on the e-mail Destination screen.

EE--mmaaiill IImmaaggeess SSeenntt AAss

Attachment*

Web Link

Specify how to send the images in e-mail.

RReesseett EE--mmaaiill IInnffoorrmmaattiioonn AAfftteerr SSeennddiinngg

Off

On*

Restore the default e-mail information after sending an

e-mail.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

WEB LINK SETUP

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

SSeerrvveerr Set the printer to send e-mail as a web link.

LLooggiinn

PPaasssswwoorrdd

PPaatthh

FFiillee NNaammee

WWeebb LLiinnkk

206 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

FTP

FTP DEFAULTS

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

FFoorrmmaatt

PDF (.pdf)*

TIFF (.tif)

JPEG (.jpg)

XPS (.xps)

TXT (.txt)

RTF (.rtf)

DOCX (.docx)

Specify the file format for the scanned image.

The menu items may vary depending on your printer

model.

GGlloobbaall OOCCRR SSeettttiinnggss

Recognized Languages

Auto Rotate

Despeckle

Auto Contrast Enhance

Configure the settings for optical character recognition

(OCR).

This menu appears only if you have purchased and

installed an OCR solution.

PPDDFF SSeettttiinnggss

PDF Version

1.3

1.4

1.5*

1.6

1.7

Archival Version

A-1a*

A-1b

Secure

Off*

Archival (PDF/A)

Off*

Set the PDF format for the scanned image.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 207

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

CCoonntteenntt TTyyppee

Text

Text/Photo*

Graphics

Photo

Improve the output result based on the content of the

original document.

CCoonntteenntt SSoouurrccee

Black and White Laser

Color Laser*

Inkjet

Photo/Film

Magazine

Newspaper

Press

Other

Improve the output result based on the source of the

original document.

CCoolloorr

Black and White

Gray

Color*

Auto

Specify the color when scanning an image.

RReessoolluuttiioonn

75 dpi

150 dpi*

200 dpi

300 dpi

400 dpi

600 dpi

Set the resolution of the scanned image.

DDaarrkknneessss

-4 to 4 (0*)

Adjust the darkness of the scanned image.

OOrriieennttaattiioonn

Portrait*

Specify the orientation of text and graphics on the

page.

208 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

Landscape

OOrriiggiinnaall SSiizzee

[List of paper sizes]

Set the paper size of the original document.

• Letter is the U.S. factory default setting. A4 is the

international factory default setting.

• The menu items may vary depending on your

printer model.

SSiiddeess

Off*

Long Edge

Short Edge

Specify the page orientation of text and graphics when

scanning a two-sided document.

FFiillee NNaammee Specify the file name of the scanned image.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

AAddvvaanncceedd IImmaaggiinngg

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

CCoolloorr BBaallaannccee

-4 to 4 (0*)

Adjust the amount of toner used for each color in scan

output.

CCoolloorr DDrrooppoouutt

Color Dropout

None*

Red

Green

Blue

Default Red Threshold

0–255 (128*)

Default Green Threshold

0–255 (128*)

Default Blue Threshold

0–255 (128*)

Specify which color to drop during scanning, and adjust

the dropout setting for that color.

AAuuttoo CCoolloorr DDeetteecctt

Color Sensitivity

Set the amount of color that the printer detects from

the original document.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 209

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

1–9 (5*)

Area Sensitivity

1–9 (5*)

This menu item appears only when Color is set to Auto.

JJPPEEGG QQuuaalliittyy

Best for content*

5–95

Set the quality of a JPEG-format image.

• 5 reduces the file size, but lessens the image

quality.

• 90 provides the best image quality, but produces a

large file size.

CCoonnttrraasstt

Best for content*

Specify the contrast of the output.

BBaacckkggrroouunndd RReemmoovvaall

Background Detection

Content-based*

Fixed

Level

-4 to 4 (0*)

Adjust the amount of background visible on a scanned

image.

If you want to remove the background color from the

original document, then set Background Detection to

Content-based. If you want to remove image noise

from a photo, then set Background Detection to Fixed.

MMiirrrroorr IImmaaggee

Off*

Create a mirror image of the original document.

NNeeggaattiivvee IImmaaggee

Off*

Create a negative image of the original document.

SShhaaddooww DDeettaaiill

-4 to 4 (0*)

Adjust the amount of shadow detail visible on a

scanned image.

SSccaann EEddggee ttoo EEddggee

Off*

Allow edge-to-edge scanning of the original document.

210 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

SShhaarrppnneessss

1–5 (3*)

Adjust the sharpness of a scanned image.

TTeemmppeerraattuurree

-4 to 4 (0*)

Specify whether to generate a cooler or warmer output.

BBllaannkk PPaaggeess

Blank Page Removal

Blank Page Sensitivity

Specify whether to include blank pages.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

AAddmmiinn CCoonnttrroollss

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

TTeexxtt DDeeffaauulltt

5–95 (75*)

Set the quality of text on a scanned image.

TTeexxtt//PPhhoottoo DDeeffaauulltt

5–95 (75*)

Set the quality of text or photo image on a scanned

image.

PPhhoottoo DDeeffaauulltt

5–95 (50*)

Set the quality of a photo image on a scanned image.

UUssee MMuullttii--PPaaggee TTIIFFFF

On*

Off

Choose between single- and multiple-page TIFF files.

TTIIFFFF CCoommpprreessssiioonn

LZW*

JPEG

Set a compression option for TIFF files.

TTrraannssmmiissssiioonn LLoogg

Print Log*

Do Not Print Log

Print Only for Error

Print a log for successful FTP scan transmission.

LLoogg PPaappeerr SSoouurrccee

Tray [x] (1*)

Specify the paper source for printing FTP logs.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 211

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

Multipurpose Feeder

FFTTPP BBiitt DDeepptthh

1 bit

8 bit*

Enable the Text/Photo mode to have smaller file sizes

by using 1-bit image.

This menu item appears only when Color is set to Gray.

CCuussttoomm JJoobb SSccaannnniinngg

Off*

Turn on scanning of custom jobs by default.

This menu item appears only when a hard disk is

installed.

SSccaann PPrreevviieeww

Off

On*

Show a preview of the scan on the display.

This menu item appears only when a hard disk is

installed.

AAllllooww SSaavvee aass SShhoorrttccuutt

Off

On*

Save custom FTP settings as shortcuts.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

212 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

USB Drive

FLASH DRIVE SCAN

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

FFoorrmmaatt

PDF (.pdf)*

TIFF (.tif)

JPEG (.jpg)

XPS (.xps)

Specify the file format for the scanned image.

The settings may vary depending on your printer

model.

GGlloobbaall OOCCRR SSeettttiinnggss

Recognized Languages

Auto Rotate

Despeckle

Auto Contrast Enhance

Configure the settings for optical character recognition

(OCR).

This menu appears only if you have purchased and

installed an OCR solution.

PPDDFF SSeettttiinnggss

PDF Version

1.3

1.4

1.5*

1.6

1.7

Archival Version

A-1a*

A-1b

Secure

Off*

Archival (PDF/A)

Off*

Set the PDF format for the scanned image.

CCoonntteenntt TTyyppee

Text

Improve the output result based on the content of the

original document.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 213

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

Text/Photo*

Graphics

Photo

CCoonntteenntt SSoouurrccee

Black and White Laser

Color Laser*

Inkjet

Photo/Film

Magazine

Newspaper

Press

Other

Improve the output result based on the source of the

original document.

CCoolloorr

Black and White

Gray

Color*

Auto

Specify the color when scanning an image.

RReessoolluuttiioonn

75 dpi

150 dpi*

200 dpi

300 dpi

400 dpi

600 dpi

Set the resolution of the scanned image.

DDaarrkknneessss

1–9 (5*)

Adjust the darkness of the scanned image.

OOrriieennttaattiioonn

Portrait*

Landscape

Specify the orientation of text and graphics on the

page.

OOrriiggiinnaall SSiizzee

[List of paper sizes]

Set the paper size of the original document.

214 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

• Letter is the U.S. factory default setting. A4 is the

international factory default setting.

• This menu item may vary depending on your

printer model.

SSiiddeess

Off*

Long edge

Short edge

Specify the page orientation of text and graphics when

scanning a two-sided document.

FFiillee NNaammee Specify the file name of the scanned image.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

AAddvvaanncceedd IImmaaggiinngg

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

CCoolloorr BBaallaannccee Adjust the amount of toner used for each color.

CCoolloorr DDrrooppoouutt

Color Dropout

None*

Red

Green

Blue

Default Red Threshold

0–255 (128*)

Default Green Threshold

0–255 (128*)

Default Blue Threshold

0–255 (128*)

Specify which color to drop during scanning, and adjust

the dropout setting for that color.

AAuuttoo CCoolloorr DDeetteecctt

Color Sensitivity

1–9 (5*)

Area Sensitivity

1–9 (5*)

Set the amount of color that the printer detects from

the original document.

This menu item appears only when Color is set to Auto.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 215

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

JJPPEEGG QQuuaalliittyy

Best for content*

5–95

Set the quality of a JPEG-format image.

• 5 reduces the file size, but lessens the image

quality.

• 90 provides the best image quality, but produces a

large file size.

CCoonnttrraasstt

Best for content*

Specify the contrast of the output.

BBaacckkggrroouunndd RReemmoovvaall

Background Detection

Content-based*

Fixed

Level

-4 to 4 (0*)

Adjust the amount of background visible on a scanned

image.

If you want to remove the background color from the

original document, then set Background Detection to

Content-based. If you want to remove image noise

from a photo, then set Background Detection to Fixed.

MMiirrrroorr IImmaaggee

Off*

Create a mirror image of the original document.

NNeeggaattiivvee IImmaaggee

Off*

Create a negative image of the original document.

SShhaaddooww DDeettaaiill

-4 to 4 (0*)

Adjust the amount of shadow detail visible on a

scanned image.

SSccaann EEddggee ttoo EEddggee

Off*

Allow edge-to-edge scanning of the original document.

SShhaarrppnneessss

1–5 (3*)

Adjust the sharpness of a scanned image.

216 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

TTeemmppeerraattuurree

-4 to 4 (0*)

Specify whether to generate a cooler or warmer output.

BBllaannkk PPaaggeess

Blank Page Removal

Blank Page Sensitivity

Specify whether to include blank pages.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

AAddmmiinn CCoonnttrroollss

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

TTeexxtt DDeeffaauulltt

5–95 (75*)

Set the quality of text on a scanned image.

TTeexxtt//PPhhoottoo DDeeffaauulltt

5–95 (75*)

Set the quality of text or photo on a scanned image.

PPhhoottoo DDeeffaauulltt

5–95 (75*)

Set the quality of a photo on a scanned image.

UUssee MMuullttii--PPaaggee TTIIFFFF

On*

Off

Choose between single- and multiple-page TIFF files.

TTIIFFFF CCoommpprreessssiioonn

LZW*

JPEG

Set the compression for TIFF files.

SSccaann BBiitt DDeepptthh

1 bit

8 bit*

Enable the Text/Photo mode to have smaller file sizes

by using 1-bit image.

This menu item appears only when Color is set to Gray.

CCuussttoomm JJoobb SSccaannnniinngg

Off*

Turn on scanning of custom jobs by default.

This menu item appears only when a hard disk is

installed.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 217

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

SSccaann PPrreevviieeww

Off

On*

Show a preview of the scan on the display.

This menu item appears only when a hard disk is

installed.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

CUSTOMIZE SCAN SETTINGS LIST

FLASH DRIVE PRINT

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

NNuummbbeerr ooff CCooppiieess

1–9999 (1*)

Set the number of copies.

PPaappeerr SSoouurrccee

Tray [x] (1*)

Multipurpose Feeder

Manual Paper

Manual Envelope

Set the paper source for the print job.

The multipurpose feeder is available only in some

printer models.

CCoolloorr

Off

On*

Print the output in color.

CCoollllaattee

(1,1,1) (2,2,2)

(1,2,3) (1,2,3)*

Print multiple copies in sequence.

SSiiddeess

1-Sided*

2-Sided

Specify whether to print on one side or two sides of the

paper.

FFlliipp SSttyyllee

Long Edge*

Short Edge

Determine which side of the paper (long edge or short

edge) is bound when performing two-sided printing.

Depending on the option selected, the printer

automatically offsets each printed information of the

page to bind the job correctly.

PPaaggeess ppeerr SSiiddee Print multiple page images on one side of a sheet of

paper.

218 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

Off*

2 pages per side

3 pages per side

4 pages per side

6 pages per side

9 pages per side

12 pages per side

16 pages per side

PPaaggeess ppeerr SSiiddee OOrrddeerriinngg

Horizontal*

Reverse Horizontal

Reverse Vertical

Vertical

Specify the positioning of multiple page images when

using Pages per Side.

The positioning depends on the number of page

images and their page orientation.

PPaaggeess ppeerr SSiiddee OOrriieennttaattiioonn

Auto*

Landscape

Portrait

Specify the orientation of a multiple-page document

when using Pages per Side.

PPaaggeess ppeerr SSiiddee BBoorrddeerr

None*

Solid

Print a border around each page image when using

Pages per Side.

SSeeppaarraattoorr SShheeeettss

Off*

Between Copies

Between Jobs

Between Pages

Specify whether to insert blank separator sheets when

printing.

SSeeppaarraattoorr SShheeeett SSoouurrccee

Tray [x] (1*)

Multipurpose Feeder

Specify the paper source for the separator sheet.

The multipurpose feeder is available only in some

printer models.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 219

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

BBllaannkk PPaaggeess

Do Not Print*

Specify whether to print blank pages in a print job.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

CUSTOMIZE PRINT SETTINGS LIST

220 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

Network/Ports

NETWORK OVERVIEW

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

AAccttiivvee AAddaapptteerr

Auto*

Standard Network

Wireless

Specify how a network is connected.

Wireless appears only when a wireless network adapter

is installed.

NNeettwwoorrkk SSttaattuuss Show the connection status of the printer network.

DDiissppllaayy NNeettwwoorrkk SSttaattuuss oonn PPrriinntteerr

On*

Off

Show the network status on the display.

SSppeeeedd,, DDuupplleexx Show the speed of the currently active network card.

IIPPvv44 Show the IPv4 address.

AAllll IIPPvv66 AAddddrreesssseess Show all IPv6 addresses.

RReesseett PPrriinntt SSeerrvveerr Reset all active network connections to the printer.

This setting removes all network configuration settings.

NNeettwwoorrkk JJoobb TTiimmeeoouutt

Off

On* (90 seconds)

Set the time before the printer cancels a network print

job.

BBaannnneerr PPaaggee

Off*

Print a banner page.

SSccaann ttoo PPCC PPoorrtt RRaannggee

9751:12000*

Specify a valid port range for printers that are behind a

port blocking firewall.

EEnnaabbllee NNeettwwoorrkk CCoonnnneeccttiioonnss

• On

• Off

EEnnaabbllee LLLLDDPP

• On

• Off

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 221

Use the Printer Menus

WIRELESS

Note: This menu is available only in printers connected to a Wi-Fi network or printers that have a wireless

network adapter.

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

SSeettuupp OOnn PPrriinntteerr PPaanneell

• Choose Network

• Add Wi-Fi Network

– Network Name

– Network Mode

– Infrastructure

– Wireless Security Mode

– Disabled

– WPA2/WPA - Personal

– WPA2 - Personal

– WPA2/WPA3 - Personal

– WPA3 - Personal

– 802.1x - RADIUS

Determine the wireless network that the printer

connects to.

Select CChhoooossee NNeettwwoorrkk to pick from a list of

discovered wireless networks.

Select AAdddd WWii--FFii NNeettwwoorrkk to manually add a non-

advertised network.

When set to 802.1x-RADIUS, make sure to configure

the 802.1x authentication settings to avoid network

disconnection.

Note: This menu item appears as Wireless

Connection Setup in the Embedded Web Server.

WWii--FFii PPrrootteecctteedd SSeettuupp

• Start Push Button Method

• Start PIN Method

An alternate method to join a wireless network is

through Wi-Fi Protected Setup.

• Start Push Button Method connects the printer to a

wireless network when buttons on both the printer

and the access point (wireless router) are pressed

within a given time.

• Start PIN Method connects the printer to a wireless

network when a PIN on the printer is entered into

the wireless settings of the access point.

CCoommppaattiibbiilliittyy

802.11b/g/n (2.4GHz)*

Specify the wireless standard for the wireless network.

WWiirreelleessss SSeeccuurriittyy MMooddee

• Disabled*

• WPA2/WPA-Personal

– WPA2/WPA-PSK Encryption Mode

– AES

– Set Pre-Shared Key

• WPA2-Personal

Set the type of security for connecting the printer to

wireless devices.

Enable wireless security through Wi-Fi Protected Access

(WPA) or through 802.1x standard.

When set to WPA security mode, for the Pre-Shared

Key, enter the password for the secure wireless

connection.

When set to 802.1x-RADIUS, make sure to configure

the 802.1x authentication settings to avoid network

disconnection.

222 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

– WPA2-PSK Encryption Mode

– AES

– Set Pre-Shared Key

• WPA2/WPA3 - Personal

– WPA2/WPA3 - PSK Encryption Mode

– Set Pre-Shared Key

• WPA3 - Personal

– WPA3 - PSK Encryption Mode

– Set Pre-Shared Key

• 802.1x - RADIUS

– 802.1x Encryption Mode

– WPA +

– WPA2*

– WPA2 + PMF

PMF is Protected Management Frames.

IIPPvv44

• Enable DHCP

– On*

– Off

• Set Static IP Address

– IP Address

– Netmask

– Gateway

Enable Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)

and configure static IP address.

DHCP is a standard protocol that allows a server to

distribute IP addressing and configuration information

dynamically to clients.

IIPPvv66

• Enable IPv6

– On*

– Off

• Enable DHCPv6

– On

– Off*

• Stateless Address Auto configuration

– On*

– Off

• DNS Server Address

Enable and configure IPv6 settings in the printer.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 223

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

• Manually Assigned IPv6 Address

• Manually Assigned IPv6 Router

• Address Prefix

0–128 (64*)

• All IPv6 Addresses

• All IPv6 Router Addresses

NNeettwwoorrkk AAddddrreessss

• UAA

• LAA

View the network addresses.

PPCCLL SSmmaarrttSSwwiittcchh

• On*

• Off

Set the printer to switch automatically to PCL

emulation when a print job requires it, regardless of

the default printer language.

If PCL SmartSwitch is off, then the printer does not

examine incoming data and uses the default printer

language specified in the Setup menu.

PPSS SSmmaarrttSSwwiittcchh

• On*

• Off

Set the printer to switch automatically to PS emulation

when a print job requires it, regardless of the default

printer language.

If PS SmartSwitch is off, then the printer does not

examine incoming data and uses the default printer

language specified in the Setup menu.

MMaacc BBiinnaarryy PPSS

• Auto*

• On

• Off

Set the printer to process Macintosh binary PostScript

print jobs.

• On processes raw binary PostScript print jobs.

• Off filters print jobs using the standard protocol.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

WI-FI DIRECT

Note: This menu appears only when a direct Wi-Fi network is the active network.

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

EEnnaabbllee WWii--FFii DDiirreecctt

• On

• Off

Specify the service set identifier (SSID) of the Wi-Fi

network.

WWii--FFii DDiirreecctt NNaammee .

WWii--FFii DDiirreecctt PPaasssswwoorrdd Password must be at least 8 characters in length.

224 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

SShhooww PPaasssswwoorrdd oonn SSeettuupp PPaaggee

• On

• Off

Specify the IP address of the group owner.

PPrreeffeerrrreedd CChhaannnneell NNuummbbeerr

• Auto

• 1 through 11

GGrroouupp OOwwnneerr IIPP AAddddrreessss

AAuuttoo--AAcccceepptt PPuusshh BBuuttttoonn RReeqquueessttss Accept requests to connect to the network

automatically.

Accepting clients automatically is insecure.

AIRPRINT

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

AAiirrPPrriinntt

• Enabled

• Disabled

BBoonnjjoouurr NNaammee The name to use to identify the printer on Airprint.

OOrrggaanniizzaattiioonn NNaammee

OOrrggaanniizzaattiioonnaall UUnniitt

PPrriinntteerr LLooccaattiioonn

PPrriinntteerr’’ss LLaattiittuuddee GPS latitude of the printer. The range is –90 to 90.

PPrriinntteerr’’ss LLoonnggiittuuddee GPS longitude of the printer. The range is –180 to 180.

PPrriinntteerr’’ss AAllttiittuuddee GPS altitude of the printer. The range is –100000 to

100000.

MMoorree OOppttiioonnss From the Embedded Web Server, navigate to SSeettttiinnggss

>> NNeettwwoorrkk//PPoorrttss >> AAiirrPPrriinntt >> MMoorree OOppttiioonnss for the

following options.

SSuupppplliieess

Black Cartridge

Cyan Cartridge

Magenta Cartridge

Yellow Cartridge

Imaging Kit

This menu lists the supplies status/notifications.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 225

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

Waste Toner Bottle

Imaging Kit

Waste Toner Bottle

PPrriinntteerr

Device Type

Device Speed

Firmware Level

Multipurpose Feeder

Tray 1

Tray 2

Standard Bin

This menu lists the printer specifications and input/

output tray status/notifications.

LLooggiinn MMeetthhooddss For more information, refer to Login Methods.

CCeerrttiiffiiccaattee MMaannaaggeemmeenntt For more information, refer to Certificate Management.

CCoonnffiiddeennttiiaall PPrriinntt SSeettuupp For more information, refer to Confidential Print Setup.

MOBILE SERVICES MANAGEMENT

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

EEnnaabbllee IIPPPP PPrriinntt

• On*

• Off

Enable IPP Print setting in the Printer.

EEnnaabbllee IIPPPP FFaaxx

• On*

• Off

Enable IPP Fax setting in the Printer.

EEnnaabbllee IIPPPP OOvveerr UUSSBB

• On*

• Off

Enable IPP Over USB setting in the Printer.

Note: After changing this setting, user needs to

restart the Printer.

EEnnaabbllee SSccaann

• On*

• Off

Enable Mobile Scan setting in the Printer.

226 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

EEnnaabbllee MMoopprriiaa PPrriinntt DDiissccoovveerryy

• On*

• Off

Enable Mopria Print Discovery setting in the Printer.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

ETHERNET

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

NNeettwwoorrkk SSppeeeedd Show the speed of an active network adapter.

IIPPvv44

Enable DHCP

On*

Off

Enable Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP).

DHCP is a standard protocol that allows a server to

dynamically distribute IP addressing and configuration

information to clients.

IIPPvv44

Set Static IP Address

IP Address

Netmask

Gateway

Set the static IP address of your printer.

NNeettwwoorrkk AAddddrreessss

UAA

LAA

Show the printer Media Access Control (MAC)

addresses: Locally Administered Address (LAA) and

Universally Administered Address (UAA).

You can change the printer LAA manually.

PPCCLL SSmmaarrttSSwwiittcchh

Off

On*

Set the printer to switch automatically to PCL

emulation when a print job requires it, regardless of

the default printer language.

If PCL SmartSwitch is off, then the printer does not

examine incoming data and uses the default printer

language specified in the Setup menu.

PPSS SSmmaarrttSSwwiittcchh

Off

On*

Set the printer to switch automatically to PS emulation

when a print job requires it, regardless of the default

printer language.

If PS SmartSwitch is off, then the printer does not

examine incoming data and uses the default printer

language specified in the Setup menu.

JJoobb BBuuffffeerriinngg Temporarily store jobs on the printer hard disk before

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 227

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

Off

On*

printing.

• This menu item appears only when a hard disk is

installed.

• This menu item appears only in some printer

models.

MMaacc BBiinnaarryy PPSS

Auto*

Off

Set the printer to process Macintosh binary PostScript

print jobs.

• On processes raw binary PostScript print jobs.

• Off filters print jobs using the standard protocol.

EEnneerrggyy EEffffiicciieenntt EEtthheerrnneett

Off

On*

Reduce power consumption when the printer does not

receive data from the Ethernet network.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

TCP/IP

Note: This menu appears only in network printers or printers attached to print servers.

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

SSeett HHoossttnnaammee Set the current TCP/IP host name.

DDoommaaiinn NNaammee Set the domain name.

This menu item appears only in some printer models.

AAllllooww DDHHCCPP//BBOOOOTTPP ttoo uuppddaattee NNTTPP sseerrvveerr

Off

On*

Allow the DHCP and BOOTP clients to update the NTP

settings of the printer.

ZZeerroo CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn NNaammee Specify a service name for the zero configuration

network.

This menu item appears only in some printer models.

EEnnaabbllee AAuuttoo IIPP

Off

On*

Assign an IP address automatically.

DDNNSS SSeerrvveerr AAddddrreessss Specify the current Domain Name System (DNS) server

address.

BBaacckkuupp DDNNSS SSeerrvveerr AAddddrreessss Specify the backup DNS server addresses.

228 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

BBaacckkuupp DDNNSS SSeerrvveerr AAddddrreessss 22

BBaacckkuupp DDNNSS SSeerrvveerr AAddddrreessss 33

DDoommaaiinn SSeeaarrcchh OOrrddeerr Specify a list of domain names to locate the printer

and its resources that reside in different domains on

the network.

This menu item appears only in some printer models.

EEnnaabbllee DDDDNNSS

Off*

Update the Dynamic DNS settings.

DDDDNNSS TTTTLL Specify the current DDNS settings.

DDeeffaauulltt TTTTLL

DDDDNNSS RReeffrreesshh TTiimmee

EEnnaabbllee mmDDNNSS

Off

On*

Update multicast DNS settings.

WWIINNSS SSeerrvveerr AAddddrreessss Specify a server address for Windows Internet Name

Service (WINS).

EEnnaabbllee BBOOOOTTPP

Off*

Allow the BOOTP to assign a printer IP address.

RReessttrriicctteedd SSeerrvveerr LLiisstt Specify an IP address for the TCP connections.

• Use a comma to separate each IP address.

• You can add up to 50 IP addresses.

RReessttrriicctteedd SSeerrvveerr LLiisstt OOppttiioonnss

Block All Ports*

Block Printing Only

Block Printing and HTTP Only

Specify how the IP addresses in the list can access the

printer functionality.

MMTTUU Specify a maximum transmission unit (MTU)

parameter for the TCP connections.

RRaaww PPrriinntt PPoorrtt

1–65535 (9100*)

Specify a raw port number for printers connected on a

network.

OOuuttbboouunndd TTrraaffffiicc MMaaxxiimmuumm SSppeeeedd

Off*

Enable the printer maximum transfer rate.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 229

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

KKiilloobbiittss//sseeccoonndd If you select OOnn for OOuuttbboouunndd TTrraaffffiicc MMaaxxiimmuumm

SSppeeeedd, the Kilobits/second field appears. Select a

Range between 100–1000000.

TTLLSS SSuuppppoorrtt From the Embedded Web Server, go to SSeettttiinnggss >>

NNeettwwoorrkk//PPoorrttss >> TTCCPP//IIPP.

Enhance printer privacy and data integrity.

Note: The TLS settings pertain to the

Embedded Web Server only. They do not

pertain to clients using TLS. For more

information, refer to the Embedded Web Server

Administrator Guide.

Note: TLSv1.3 is supported by default, and

cannot be disabled. Deselecting the other TLS

settings will force the EWS to use TLSv1.3 only.

EEnnaabbllee TTLLSSvv11..00

• On

• Off*

Enable the TLSv1.0 protocol settings.

EEnnaabbllee TTLLSSvv11..11

• On

• Off*

Enable the TLSv1.1 protocol settings.

EEnnaabbllee TTLLSSvv11..22

• On*

• Off

Enable the TLSv1.2 protocol settings.

SSSSLL CCiipphheerr LLiisstt DHE-RSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384:DHE-RSA-AES128-

GCM-SHA256:ECDHE-RSA-AES256-GCM-SHA384:

ECDHE-RSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256:DHE-RSA-AES256-

SHA256:DHE-RSA-AES128-SHA256:ECDHE-RSA-

AES256-SHA384:ECDHE-RSA-AES128-SHA256:ECDHE-

RSA-AES256-SHA:ECDHE-RSA-AES128-SHA:DHE-RSA-

AES256-SHA:DHE-RSA-AES128-SHA

TTLLSSvv11..33 SSSSLL CCiipphheerr LLiisstt TLS_AES_256_GCM_SHA384:TLS_AES_128_GCM_

SHA256

230 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

TCP /IP Port Access

[Port Names x]

• On

• Off

Lists all of the Ports available and their status.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

SNMP

Note: This menu appears only in network printers or printers that are attached to print servers.

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

SSNNMMPP VVeerrssiioonnss 11 aanndd 22cc

EEnnaabblleedd

Off

On*

AAllllooww SSNNMMPP SSeett

Off

On*

EEnnaabbllee PPPPMM MMIIBB

Off

On*

SSNNMMPP CCoommmmuunniittyy

Configure Simple Network Management Protocol

(SNMP) versions 1 and 2c to install print drivers and

applications.

SSNNMMPP VVeerrssiioonn 33

EEnnaabblleedd

Off

On*

SSeett RReeaadd//WWrriittee CCrreeddeennttiiaallss

User Name

Password

SSeett RReeaadd--oonnllyy CCrreeddeennttiiaallss

User Name

Password

AAuutthheennttiiccaattiioonn HHaasshh

Configure SNMP version 3 to install and update the

printer security.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 231

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

MD5

SHA1*

MMiinniimmuumm AAuutthheennttiiccaattiioonn LLeevveell

No Authentication, No Privacy

Authentication, No Privacy

Authentication, Privacy*

PPrriivvaaccyy AAllggoorriitthhmm

DES

AES-128*

SSeett SSNNMMPP TTrraappss

• Trap Destination: 1–20

• Output Hopper Full

– On

– Off*

• Load Paper

– On

– Off*

• Paper Jam

– On

– Off*

• Toner Low

– On

– Off*

• Service Required

– On

– Off*

• Cover Opened

– On

– Off*

• Page Complexity Error

– On

– Off*

Configure SNMP Traps on certain conditions.

232 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

• Offline

– On

– Off*

• Printer MIB (RFC 1759)

– On

– Off*

• MPS MIB

– On

– Off*

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

IPSEC

Note: This menu appears only in network printers or printers that are attached to print servers.

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

EEnnaabbllee IIPPSSeecc

Off*

Enable Internet Protocol Security (IPSec).

BBaassee CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn

Default*

Compatibility

Secure

Set the IPSec base configuration.

This menu item appears only when Enable IPSec is set

to On.

IIPPSSeecc DDeevviiccee CCeerrttiiffiiccaattee Specify an IPSec certificate.

This menu item appears only when Base Configuration

is set to Compatibility.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 233

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

PPrree--SShhaarreedd KKeeyy AAuutthheennttiiccaatteedd CCoonnnneeccttiioonnss

Host [x]

Address

Key

Configure the authenticated connections of the printer.

These menu items appear only when Enable IPSec is

set to On.

CCeerrttiiffiiccaattee AAuutthheennttiiccaatteedd CCoonnnneeccttiioonnss

Host [x] Address[/subnet]

Address[/subnet]

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

802.1X

Note: This menu appears only in network printers or printers that are attached to print servers.

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

AAccttiivvee

Off*

Let the printer join networks that require

authentication before allowing access.

To configure the settings of this menu item, access the

Embedded Web Server.

880022..11xx AAuutthheennttiiccaattiioonn

• Device Login Name

• Device Login Password

• Validate Server Certificate

• Enable Event Logging

• 802.1x Device Certificate

Device Login Name is used to log into the

authentication server.

The Device Login Password must be at least 8

characters long.

Server Certificate validation is a security feature

integral to TLS, PEAP, and TTLS.

To reduce FLASH part wear, turn on Enable Event

Logging only when necessary.

234 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

AAlllloowwaabbllee AAuutthheennttiiccaattiioonn MMeecchhaanniissmmss

•EEAAPP--MMDD55

– On

– Off

•EEAAPP--MMSSCCHHAAPPvv22

– On

– Off

•LLEEAAPP

– On

– Off

•PPEEAAPP

– On

– Off

•EEAAPP--TTLLSS

– On

– Off

•EEAAPP--TTTTLLSS

– On

– Off

•TTLLSS AAuutthheennttiiccaattiioonn MMeetthhoodd

– CHAP

– MSCHAP

– MSCHAPv2

– PAP

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

LPD CONFIGURATION

Note: This menu appears only in network printers or printers that are attached to print servers.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 235

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

LLPPDD TTiimmeeoouutt

0–65535 seconds (90*)

Set the time-out value to stop the Line Printer Daemon

(LPD) server from waiting indefinitely for hung or

invalid print jobs.

LLPPDD BBaannnneerr PPaaggee

Off*

Print a banner page for all LPD print jobs.

A banner page is the first page of a print job used as a

separator of print jobs and to identify the originator of

the print job request.

LLPPDD TTrraaiilleerr PPaaggee

Off*

Print a trailer page for all LPD print jobs.

A trailer page is the last page of a print job.

LLPPDD CCaarrrriiaaggee RReettuurrnn CCoonnvveerrssiioonn

Off*

Enable carriage return conversion.

Carriage return is a mechanism that commands the

printer to move the position of the cursor to the first

position on the same line.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

HTTP/FTP SETTINGS

Note: This menu appears only in network printers or printers attached to print servers.

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

EEnnaabbllee HHTTTTPP SSeerrvveerr

Off

On*

Access the Embedded Web Server to monitor and

manage the printer.

EEnnaabbllee HHTTTTPPSS

Off

On*

Configure the Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure

(HTTPS) settings.

EEnnaabbllee FFTTPP//TTFFTTPP

Off

On*

Send files using FTP.

LLooccaall DDoommaaiinnss Specify domain names for HTTP and FTP servers.

This menu item appears only in some printer models.

HHTTTTPP PPrrooxxyy IIPP AAddddrreessss Configure the HTTP and FTP server settings.

These menu items appear only in some printer models.

FFTTPP PPrrooxxyy IIPP AAddddrreessss

236 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

HHTTTTPP DDeeffaauulltt IIPP PPoorrtt

1–65535 (80*)

HHTTTTPPSS DDeevviiccee CCeerrttiiffiiccaattee

FFTTPP DDeeffaauulltt IIPP PPoorrtt

1–65535 (21*)

TTiimmeeoouutt ffoorr HHTTTTPP//FFTTPP RReeqquueessttss

1–299 (30*)

Specify the amount of time before the server

connection stops.

RReettrriieess ffoorr HHTTTTPP//FFTTPP RReeqquueessttss

1–299 (3*)

Set the number of retries to connect to the HTTP/FTP

server.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

THINPRINT

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

EEnnaabbllee TThhiinnPPrriinntt

Off

On*

Print using ThinPrint.

PPoorrtt NNuummbbeerr

4000–4999 (4000*)

Set the port number for the ThinPrint server.

BBaannddwwiiddtthh ((bbiittss//sseecc))

100–1000000 (0*)

Set the speed to transmit data in a ThinPrint

environment.

PPaacckkeett SSiizzee ((kkbbyytteess))

0–64000 (0*)

Set the packet size for data transmission.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 237

Use the Printer Menus

USB

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

PPCCLL SSmmaarrttSSwwiittcchh

Off

On*

Set the printer to switch to PCL emulation when a print

job received through a USB port requires it, regardless

of the default printer language.

If PCL SmartSwitch is off, then the printer does not

examine incoming data and uses the default printer

language specified in the Setup menu.

PPSS SSmmaarrttSSwwiittcchh

Off

On*

Set the printer to switch to PS emulation when a print

job received through a USB port requires it, regardless

of the default printer language.

If PS SmartSwitch is off, then the printer does not

examine incoming data and uses the default printer

language specified in the Setup menu.

JJoobb BBuuffffeerriinngg

Off*

Temporarily store jobs on the printer hard disk before

printing.

This menu item appears only when a hard disk

installed.

MMaacc BBiinnaarryy PPSS

Auto*

Off

Set the printer to process Macintosh binary PostScript

print jobs.

• When set to On, the printer processes raw binary

PostScript print jobs from computers using the

Macintosh operating system.

• When set to Auto, the printer processes print jobs

from computers using either Windows or Macintosh

operating systems

• When set to Off, the printer filters PostScript print

jobs using the standard protocol.

EEnnaabbllee UUSSBB PPoorrtt

Off

On*

Enable the standard USB port.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

238 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

RESTRICT EXTERNAL NETWORK ACCESS

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

RReessttrriicctt eexxtteerrnnaall nneettwwoorrkk aacccceessss

• On

• Off

If enabled, the printer monitors for restricted external

network connections. If detected, the printer disables

the network connection and sends an e-mail

notification.

EExxtteerrnnaall nneettwwoorrkk aaddddrreessss The external network address detected.

EE--mmaaiill aaddddrreessss ffoorr nnoottiiffiiccaattiioonn The e-mail address to notify in the event an external

network address is detected.

PPiinngg ffrreeqquueennccyy

1–300

The frequency with which the printer pings for an

external network address.

SSuubbjjeecctt Free form field that can contain up to 255 characters

to fill for the notification subject of the e-mail.

MMeessssaaggee Free form field that can contain up to 255 characters

to fill for the message of the notification e-mail.

UNIVERSAL PRINT

Universal Print is a cloud-based print protocol that provides a simple and secure print solution for Microsoft®365

users. Universal Print allows administrators to manage printers without the need for on-premises print servers.

Universal Print enables users to access cloud printers without the need for print drivers.

You can use the Universal Print page to register your Xerox®device for Universal Print.

PPrreerreeqquuiissiitteess

• Microsoft Azure AD Account

• Windows 10 Client version 1903 or higher

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

SSttaattuuss Device is not currently registered with Universal Print.

RReeggiissttrraattiioonn User can use the Universal print page to register the Xerox®device for Universal

Print.

PPrriinntteerr NNaammee The Default printer name appears. User can also update the Xerox®printer name.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 239

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

RReeggiisstteerr To register, do the following steps:

1 Go to SSeettttiinnggss >> NNeettwwoorrkk//PPoorrttss >> UUnniivveerrssaall PPrriinntt, then click RReeggiisstteerr. The

Registration process authenticates the device with Microsoft®Azure®Active

Directory.

2 The Register Device window appears. To copy the registration code, click

CCooppyy, then click the link https://microsoft.com/devicelogin.

Note: The registration code expires after 15 minutes. The registration

process needs to be completed before the code expires.

3 A Microsoft-managed webpage opens. Do the following steps:

a Paste the registration code into the code field in the Enter code

window, then click NNeexxtt.

b Select the appropriate Microsoft®account in the Pick an account

window.

Note: For registration, select an available Microsoft®account. The

selected account is used solely to establish a trusted connection for

the device with the Universal Print service. After registration, Universal

Print does not use the account again.

4 A Xerox Universal Print window appears. Click CCoonnttiinnuuee and close the

window.

Note: For more information, refer to the Embedded Web Server Administrator Guide.

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

SSttaattuuss Device is online and registered with Universal Print.

RReeggiissttrraattiioonn User can use the Universal print page to deregister the Xerox®device for

Universal Print.

PPrriinntteerr NNaammee Registered printer name appears.

DDeerreeggiisstteerr Use this function to deregister the device from the Universal Print Service.

Additional information for Universal Print

To add a Printer from Windows Server

1. Go to SSeettttiinnggss >> PPrriinntteerr && SSccaannnneerrss, then click AAdddd aa pprriinntteerr oorr ssccaannnneerr.

2. Select the printer from the printer list, then click AAdddd ddeevviiccee. If the printer does not appear in the list, do the

following steps:

a. Go to SSeeaarrcchh ffoorr pprriinntteerrss iinn mmyy oorrggaanniizzaattiioonn.

b. Type the registered name on the text field, and click SSeeaarrcchh. Once the printer appears on the list, click AAdddd

DDeevviiccee.

240 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

Note: Windows 11 supports PIN-protected printing. For example, to protect your print, you can use a 4-digit

PIN between 0 and 9.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 241

Use the Printer Menus

Security

Manage Permissions

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

FFuunnccttiioonn AAcccceessss

Access Address Book in Apps

Modify Address Book

Manage Shortcuts

Create Profiles

Manage Bookmarks

Flash Drive Print

Flash Drive Color Printing

Flash Drive Scan

Copy Function

Copy Color Printing

Color Dropout

E-mail Function

Fax Function

FTP Function

Release Held Faxes

Held Jobs Access

User Profiles

Cancel Jobs at the Device

Change Language

Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)

Initiate Scans Remotely

B/W Print

Color Print

Network Folder — Scan

Control access to the printer functions.

AAddmmiinniissttrraattiivvee MMeennuuss Control access to the printer menu settings.

242 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

Security Menu

Network/Ports Menu

Paper Menu

Reports Menu

Function Configuration Menus

Supplies Menu

Option Card Menu

SE Menu

Device Menu

Supplies Plan Menu

DDeevviiccee MMaannaaggeemmeenntt

Remote Management

Firmware Updates

Apps Configuration

Embedded Web Server Access

Import/Export All Settings

Out of Service Erase

Control access to the printer management options.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 243

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

AAppppss

New Apps

Slideshow

Change Wallpaper

Screen Saver

Card Copy

Scan Center

Scan Center Custom 1

Scan Center Custom 2

Scan Center Custom 3

Scan Center Custom 4

Scan Center Custom 5

Scan Center Custom 6

Scan Center Custom 7

Scan Center Custom 8

Scan Center Custom 9

Scan Center Custom 10

Control access to printer applications.

244 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

Local Accounts

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

AAdddd UUsseerr

• User Name/Password

– Name

– User Name

– E-mail

– Password

– Confirm Password

– PIN

• Permission Groups

– All Users

– Admin

– Add New Group

– Group Name

– Access Controls: Function Access

– Modify Address Book

– Manage Bookmarks

– Flash Drive Print

– Flash Drive Color Printing

– Held Jobs Access

– Cancel Jobs at the Device

– Change Language

– Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)

– B/W Print

– Color Print

Create local accounts to manage access to the printer

functions.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 245

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

– Network Folder — Scan

– Access Controls: Administrative Menus

– Security Menu

– Network/Ports Menu

– Paper Menu

– Reports Menu

– Function Configuration Menus

– Supplies Menu

– Option Card Menu

– SE Menu

– Device Menu

– Supplies Plan Menu

– Access Controls: Device Management

– Remote Management

– Firmware Updates

– Import/Export All Settings

– Out of Service Erase

– Embedded Web Server Access

NNeeww GGrroouupp//EEddiitt GGrroouupp

Import Access Controls

• All Users

• Admin

Access Controls

• Function Access

– Modify Address Book

– Manage Bookmarks

– Flash Drive Print

– Flash Drive Color Printing

– Held Jobs Access

– Cancel Jobs at the Device

– Change Language

– Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)

– B/W Print

Control group or user access to printer functions,

applications, and security settings.

246 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

– Color Print

– Network Folder Scan

• Administrative Menus

– Security Menu

– Network/Ports Menu

– Paper Menu

– Reports Menu

– Function Configuration Menus

– Supplies Menu

– Option Card Menu

– SE Menu

– Device Menu

– Supplies Plan Menu

• Device Management

– Remote Management

– Firmware Updates

– Import/Export All Settings

– Out of Service Erase

– Embedded Web Server Access

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 247

Use the Printer Menus

Network Accounts

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

AAdddd LLooggiinn MMeetthhoodd

Active Directory

Status is Joined or Not Joined.

Join an Active Directory Domain:

• Domain

• User Name

• Password

• Organization Unit

Create local accounts to manage access to the printer

functions.

AAdddd LLooggiinn MMeetthhoodd

LDAP — LDAP Setup

Authentication Type

• LDAP

• LDAP + GSSAPI

General Information

• Setup Name

• Server Address

• Server Port

• Required User Input

– User Name and Password

Control group or user access to printer functions,

applications, and security settings.

248 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

– User Name

Device Credentials

• Anonymous LDAP Bind

• Device Username

• Device Password

Advanced Options

• Use SSL/TLS

• Require Certificate

• User ID Attribute

• Mail Attribute

• Fax Number Attribute

• Full Name Attribute

• Home Directory Attribute

• Group Membership Attribute

• Search Base

• Search Timeout

• Follow LDAP Referrals

Search Specific Object Classes

• person

• Custom Object Class 1

• Custom Object Class 2

• Custom Object Class 3

Address Book Setup

• Displayed Name

• Max Search Results

• Use user credentials

•SSeeaarrcchh AAttttrriibbuutteess

– cn

– sn

– givenName

– samaccountname

– uid

– [mail attribute]

– [fax attribute]

– Custom Attribute 1

– Custom Attribute 2

– Custom Attribute 3

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 249

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

– Custom Filter

AAdddd LLooggiinn MMeetthhoodd

Kerberos — Kerberos Setup

• KDC Address

• KDC Port

• KDC Realm

Import Kerberos File

Miscellaneous Settings

• Character Encoding

• Disable Revers IP Lookups

– Yes

– No

CERTIFICATE MANAGEMENT

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

CCoonnffiigguurree CCeerrttiiffiiccaattee AAuuttoo UUppddaattee

• On

• Off

To configure certificate auto update, the printer must

be joined to an Active Directory Domain.

CCoonnffiigguurree CCeerrttiiffiiccaattee DDeeffaauullttss

• Common Name

• Organization Name

• Unit Name

• Country/Region

• Province Name

• City Name

• Subject Alternative Name

The settings defined on the Set Certificate Defaults

window are used as the defaults for all generated

certificates.

Common Name: Leave this field bland to default the

Common Name to the hostname.

Organization Name: Leave this field blank to use the

manufacturer name as the Organization Name.

Country/Region: The country Name (C) must conform

to ISO 3166 (2 characters only) or the certificate will

not be generated.

Subject Alternate Name: The Alternative Name (AN)

and prefix must confirm to RFC 2459 or the certificate

will not be generated. If you want the Subject

Alternate Name.

250 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

DDeevviiccee CCeerrttiiffiiccaatteess

• Generate

• Import

• Delete

The Device Certificates that are installed on the printer

appear in the table below. Details include their Friendly

Name, Common Name, Issuer Common Name, dates

of validity, and an indication if they are signed or

unsigned.

MMaannaaggee CCAA CCeerrttiiffiiccaatteess

• Upload CA

• Delete

The Manage CA Certificates area shows any certificate

authority certificates that are uploaded to the printer.

If a CA certificate is uploaded, the table shows the CA

Common Name and the dates of validity.

SCHEDULE USB DEVICES

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

SScchheedduulleess

Add New Schedule

Schedule access to the USB ports.

SECURITY AUDIT LOG

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

EEnnaabbllee AAuuddiitt

Off*

Record the events in the secure audit log and remote

syslog.

EEnnaabbllee RReemmoottee SSyysslloogg

Off*

Send audit logs to a remote server.

RReemmoottee SSyysslloogg SSeerrvveerr Specify the remote syslog server.

RReemmoottee SSyysslloogg PPoorrtt

1–65535 (514*)

Specify the remote syslog port.

RReemmoottee SSyysslloogg MMeetthhoodd

Normal UDP*

Stunnel

Specify a syslog method to transmit logged events to a

remote server.

RReemmoottee SSyysslloogg FFaacciilliittyy

0 - Kernel Messages

1 - User-Level Messages

2 - Mail System

Specify a facility code that the printer uses when

sending log events to a remote server.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 251

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

3 - System Daemons

4 - Security/Authorization Messages*

5 - Messages Generated Internally by Syslogs

6 - Line Printer Subsystem

7 - Network News Subsystem

8 - UUCP Subsystem

9 - Clock Daemon

10 - Security/Authorization Messages

11 - FTP Daemon

12 - NTP Subsystem

13 - Log Audit

14 - Log Alert

15 - Clock Daemon

16 - Local Use 0 (local0)

17- Local Use 1 (local1)

18 - Local Use 2 (local2)

19 - Local Use 3 (local3)

20 - Local Use 4 (local4)

21 - Local Use 5 (local5)

22 - Local Use 6 (local6)

23 - Local Use 7 (local7)

SSeevveerriittyy ooff EEvveennttss ttoo LLoogg

0 - Emergency

1 - Alert

2 - Critical

3 - Error

4 - Warning*

5 - Notice

6 - Informational

7 - Debug

Specify the priority level cutoff for logging messages

and events.

RReemmoottee SSyysslloogg NNoonn--LLooggggeedd EEvveennttss Send all events, regardless of severity level, to the

252 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

Off*

remote server.

AAddmmiinn’’ss EE--mmaaiill AAddddrreessss Send e-mail notification of logged events to the

administrator.

EE--mmaaiill LLoogg CClleeaarreedd AAlleerrtt

Off*

Send e-mail notification to the administrator when a

log entry is deleted.

EE--mmaaiill LLoogg WWrraappppeedd AAlleerrtt

Off*

Send e-mail notification to the administrator when the

log becomes full and begins to overwrite the oldest

entries.

LLoogg FFuullll BBeehhaavviioorr

Wrap Over Older Entries*

E-mail Log Then Delete All Entries

Resolve log storage issues when the log fills its allotted

memory.

EE--mmaaiill %% FFuullll AAlleerrtt

Off*

Send e-mail notification to the administrator when the

log fills its allotted memory.

%% FFuullll AAlleerrtt LLeevveell

1–99 (90*)

EE--mmaaiill LLoogg EExxppoorrtteedd AAlleerrtt

Off*

Send e-mail notification to the administrator when a

log is exported.

EE--mmaaiill LLoogg SSeettttiinnggss CChhaannggeedd AAlleerrtt

Off*

Send e-mail notification to the administrator when

Enable Audit is set.

LLoogg LLiinnee EEnnddiinnggss

LF (\n)*

CR (\r)

CRLF (\r\n)

Specify how the log file terminates the end of each

line.

DDiiggiittaallllyy SSiiggnn EExxppoorrttss

Off*

Add a digital signature to each exported log file.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 253

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

CClleeaarr LLoogg Delete all audit logs.

EExxppoorrtt LLoogg

Syslog (RFC 5424)

Syslog (RFC 3164)

CSV

Export a security log to a flash drive.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

LLooggiinn ffaaiilluurreess

1–10 (3*)

Specify the number of failed login attempts before the

user gets locked out.

FFaaiilluurree ttiimmee ffrraammee

1–60 minutes (5*)

Specify the time frame between failed login attempts

before the user gets locked out.

LLoocckkoouutt ttiimmee

1–60 minutes (5*)

Specify the lockout duration.

WWeebb LLooggiinn TTiimmeeoouutt

1–120 minutes (10*)

Specify the delay for a remote login before the user is

logged off automatically.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

CONFIDENTIAL PRINT SETUP

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

MMaaxx IInnvvaalliidd PPIINN

2–10

Set the number of times an invalid PIN can be entered.

• A value of zero turns off this setting.

• When the limit is reached, the print jobs for that

user name and PIN are deleted.

• This menu item appears only when a hard disk is

installed.

CCoonnffiiddeennttiiaall JJoobb EExxppiirraattiioonn

Off*

1 Hour

4 Hours

Set the expiration time for confidential print jobs.

• If this menu item is changed while confidential

print jobs reside in the printer memory or hard disk,

then the expiration time for those print jobs does

not change to the new default value.

254 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

24 Hours

1 Week

• If the printer is turned off, then all confidential jobs

held in the printer memory are deleted.

RReeppeeaatt JJoobb EExxppiirraattiioonn

Off*

1 Hour

4 Hours

24 Hours

1 Week

Set the expiration time for a print job that you want to

repeat.

VVeerriiffyy JJoobb EExxppiirraattiioonn

Off*

1 Hour

4 Hours

24 Hours

1 Week

Set the expiration time that the printer prints a copy

for the user to examine its quality, before printing the

remaining copies.

RReesseerrvvee JJoobb EExxppiirraattiioonn

Off*

1 Hour

4 Hours

24 Hours

1 Week

Set the expiration time that the printer stores print jobs

for printing later.

RReeqquuiirree AAllll JJoobbss ttoo bbee HHeelldd

Off*

Set the printer to hold all print jobs.

KKeeeepp dduupplliiccaattee ddooccuummeennttss

Off*

Set the printer to print other documents with the same

file name without overwriting any of the print jobs.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

DISK ENCRYPTION

Note: This menu appears only when a printer hard disk is installed.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 255

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

SSttaattuuss

Enabled

Disabled

Determine whether Disk Encryption is enabled.

SSttaarrtt eennccrryyppttiioonn Prevent the loss of sensitive data in case the printer or

its hard disk is stolen.

Enabling disk encryption erases all contents in the hard

disk. If necessary, back up important data from the

printer before starting the encryption.

ERASE TEMPORARY DATA FILES

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

SSttoorreedd iinn oonnbbooaarrdd mmeemmoorryy

Off*

Delete all files stored on the printer memory.

SSttoorreedd oonn hhaarrdd ddiisskk

1 Pass Erase*

3 Pass Erase

7 Pass Erase

Delete all files stored on the printer hard disk.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

SOLUTIONS LDAP SETTINGS

UUSSEE TTOO

FFoollllooww LLDDAAPP RReeffeerrrraallss

Off*

Search the different servers in the domain for the

logged-in user account.

LLDDAAPP CCeerrttiiffiiccaattee VVeerriiffiiccaattiioonn

No*

Yes

Enable verification of LDAP certificates.

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

256 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

MISCELLANEOUS

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

PPrrootteecctteedd FFeeaattuurreess

Show*

Hide

Show all the features that Function Access Control

(FAC) protects regardless of the security permission

that the user has.

FAC manages access to specific menus and functions

or disables them entirely.

PPrriinntt PPeerrmmiissssiioonn

Off*

Let the user log in before printing.

DDeeffaauulltt PPrriinntt PPeerrmmiissssiioonn LLooggiinn Set the default login for Print Permission.

SSeeccuurriittyy RReesseett JJuummppeerr

Enable “Guest” access*

No Effect

Specify the effect of using the security reset jumper.

• The jumper is located beside a lock icon on the

controller board.

• Enable “Guest” access provides full access control to

users who are not logged in.

• No Effect means that the reset has no effect on the

printer security configuration.

MMiinniimmuumm PPaasssswwoorrdd LLeennggtthh

0–32 (0*)

Specify the minimum characters that are allowed for a

password.

EEnnaabbllee PPaasssswwoorrdd//PPIINN RReevveeaall

• Off

• On

Note: An asterisk (*) next to a value indicates the factory default setting.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 257

Use the Printer Menus

Reports

MENU SETTINGS PAGE

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

MMeennuu SSeettttiinnggss PPaaggee Print a report that contains the printer preferences,

settings, and configurations.

DEVICE

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

DDeevviiccee IInnffoorrmmaattiioonn Print a report that contains information about the

printer.

DDeevviiccee SSttaattiissttiiccss Print a report about printer usage and supply status.

PPrrooffiillee LLiisstt Print a list of profiles that are stored in the printer.

SHORTCUTS

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

AAllll SShhoorrttccuuttss Print a report that lists the shortcuts that are stored in

the printer.

FFaaxx SShhoorrttccuuttss

CCooppyy SShhoorrttccuuttss

EE--mmaaiill SShhoorrttccuuttss

FFTTPP SShhoorrttccuuttss

NNeettwwoorrkk FFoollddeerr SShhoorrttccuuttss

FAX

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

FFaaxx JJoobb LLoogg Print a report about the last 200 completed fax jobs.

This menu item appears only when Enable Job Log is

set to On.

FFaaxx CCaallll LLoogg Print a report about the last 100 attempted, received,

and blocked calls.

This menu item appears only when Enable Job Log is

set to On.

258 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

NETWORK

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

NNeettwwoorrkk SSeettuupp PPaaggee Print a page that shows the configured network and

wireless settings on the printer.

This menu item appears only in network printers or

printers connected to print servers.

WWii--FFii DDiirreecctt CCoonnnneecctteedd CClliieennttss View or print a page that shows the Wi-Fi Direct

Connected Clients. The MAC Address and Hostname of

the Wi-Fi Direct Connected Clients appears.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 259

Use the Printer Menus

Supplies Plan

PLAN ACTIVATION

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

• Sequence Number

• Device Serial Number

• Activation Code

It describes the details of the activation process for the

purchased Supplies plan. Contact your Xerox

representative to get a Supplies Activation Code.

Subscription Service plans are not offered in all

geographic locations

For more information about Xerox®supplies and service

plans, contact your Xerox representative.

PLAN CONVERSION

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

• Current Plan

• Device Serial Number

• Total Impressions

• Conversion Code

It describes the details of the conversion process for

the existing Supplies plan. Contact your Xerox

representative to get a Supplies Conversion Code.

Subscription Service plans are not offered in all

geographic locations

For more information about Xerox®supplies and service

plans, contact your Xerox representative.

SUBSCRIPTION SERVICE

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

• Status It indicates the subscription status.

• Check Subscription To activate a Subscription Service Plan, do the

following:

1 Go to SSeettttiinnggss >> SSuupppplliieess PPllaann >> SSuubbssccrriippttiioonn

SSeerrvviiccee.

2 For Subscription Service, click CChheecckk SSuubbssccrriippttiioonn,

then follow the directions provided by your Xerox

representative.

260 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

Address Book

CONTACTS

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

AAdddd CCoonnttaacctt — Edit Contact

• Contact Information

– First Name

– Last Name

– Company

– E-mail Address

– Fax

• Contact Group Membership

• Authentication/Permissions

• None

• User Name/Password

– User Name

– Password

– Confirm Password

• User Name

– User Name

• Password

– Password

– Confirm Password

• PIN

– Enter PIN

– Confirm PIN

• Permission Groups

–AAdddd NNeeww GGrroouupp

– Group Name

– Import Access Controls

•AAdddd ttoo GGrroouupp

– New Group

– <Group Name> Group

Use the AAdddd CCoonnttaacctt link to create contacts to add to

the address book.

If you select options for Authentication/Permissions

other than NNoonnee, the Permission Groups menu

appears.

To create new groups, click AAdddd NNeeww GGrroouupp. You can

import access controls or specify individual access

controls for the new group on the New Group page.

If you have already created groups, the AAdddd ttoo GGrroouupp

button becomes active. When you click AAdddd ttoo GGrroouupp,

you can select New Group to create a group, or you

can select a group that is already created.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 261

Use the Printer Menus

CONTACT GROUPS

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

AAdddd GGrroouupp — Edit Contact Group

• Group Name

• Group Members

• Permission Groups

–AAdddd GGrroouupp

– Group Name

– Members: Indicates the number of

contacts in the group.

Use the AAdddd CCoonnttaacctt link to create contacts to add to

the address book.

If you select options for Authentication/Permissions

other than NNoonnee, the Permission Groups menu

appears.

To create new groups, click AAdddd NNeeww GGrroouupp. You can

import access controls or specify individual access

controls for the new group on the New Group page.

To delete a group, select an option in the Contact

Groups list, then click Delete.

262 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

Bookmarks

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

AAdddd BBooookkmmaarrkk — Edit Contact Group

• Bookmark Overview

– Bookmark Name

– Address: Click the down arrow to select an

option:

– http://

– https://

– ftp://

– smb://

Enter the address in the second field.

– PIN

– Parent folder

• Print Options

– Copies: Enter a range between 1–9999.

– Sides

– Off

– On

– Flip Style

– Long Edge

– Short Edge

– Collate

– Off [1,1,1,2,2,2]

– On [1,2,1,2,1,2]

– Pages per Side Ordering

– Horizontal

– Reverse Horizontal

– Vertical

– Reverse Vertical

– Pages per Side Border

– None

– Solid

You can specify bookmarks to save in the embedded

Web server. You can set up folders to organize

bookmarks.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 263

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

– Pages per Side

– Off

– 2 pages per side

– 3 pages per side

– 4 pages per side

– 6 pages per side

– 9 pages per side

– 12 pages per side

– 16 pages per side

• Paper Handling

– Paper Source

– Tray 1

– Manual Paper

– Manual Envelope

– Pages per Side Orientation

– Auto

– Landscape

– Portrait

– Output Bin

AAdddd FFoollddeerr

• Folder Name

• PIN

• Parent Folder

Enter a FFoollddeerr NNaammee using letters or numbers. Do not

use special characters, including /,\,?,:,>,<,|,".

PPIINN is optional. If you enter a PIN, it must be 4 digits

in length and only use numeric values 0–9.

DDeelleettee If bookmarks are present, to delete a bookmark, select

it from the list then click DDeelleettee.

264 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

Apps

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

Installed Apps

IInnssttaallll aanndd aapppp

• App file to install: To locate the app you want to

install, click BBrroowwssee.

• To install the selected app, click IInnssttaallll.

• To cancel the action, click CCaanncceell.

The name, description, and state of any installed app

appears on this screen.

To install a new app, click IInnssttaallll aann aapppp.

App Framework Configuration

• Framework Version Information

• Framework Resource Information

• Framework Configuration

– Allow Remote Flashing

– Use printer’s proxy settings

• HTTP

– Proxy Server

– Proxy Port

• HTTPS

– Proxy Server

– Proxy Port

• Proxy Credentials

– Proxy Username

– Proxy Password

– DNS TTL

– Accept Cookies

• Remove All Cookies

WebView Configuration

Card Copy

• Stop

• Configure

• View Log

•

• Description: Card Copy allows the user to scan each

side of an ID card and print both sides on one side

of a sheet of paper. This scan can be sent to an

email address or a network share.

• Version

• License Status

Display Customization

• Stop

• Configure

• Description: Customize an MFP screen with custom

images that can be displayed as a slide show,

displayed as wallpaper or used as a screensaver.

• Version

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 265

Use the Printer Menus

MMEENNUU IITTEEMM DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

• View Log • License Status

Scan Center

• Stop

• Configure

• View Log

• Description: Scan a document once and

automatically route the image to one or more

selectable destinations.

• Version

• License Status

Scan Center — E-mail

• Stop

• Configure

• View Log

• Plug-in for Scan Center that allows scanned images

to be sent as e-mail.

• Version

• License Status

Scan Center — Fax

• Stop

• Configure

• View Log

• Description: Plug-in for Scan Center that allows

scanned images to be sent as faxes.

• Version

• License Status

Scan Center — Network Folders

• Stop

• Configure

• View Log

• Description: Plug-in for Scan Center that allows

scanned images to be saved to network folders.

• Version

• License Status

Scan Center — Printer

• Stop

• Configure

• View Log

• Description: Plug-in for Scan Center that enables

scanning and printing of documents.

• Version

• License Status

Shortcut Center

• Stop

• Configure

• View Log

• Description: Create personalized copy, fax and e-mail

shortcuts on the touch screen to simplify common

tasks.

• Version

• License Status

266 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Use the Printer Menus

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 267

Maintain the Printer

This chapter contains:

Checking the Status of Supplies............................................................................................................268

Configuring supply notifications............................................................................................................269

Setting up e-mail alerts.......................................................................................................................270

Viewing reports .................................................................................................................................271

Ordering supplies...............................................................................................................................272

Replacing supplies..............................................................................................................................273

Cleaning printer parts.........................................................................................................................282

Saving energy and paper.....................................................................................................................286

Moving the printer .............................................................................................................................287

WWaarrnniinngg:: Failure to maintain optimum printer performance, or to replace parts and supplies, may cause

damage to your printer.

Checking the Status of Supplies

1. From the home screen, touch SSttaattuuss//SSuupppplliieess.

2. Select the parts or supplies that you want to check.

Note: You can also access this setting by touching the top section of the home screen.

268 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Maintain the Printer

Configuring supply notifications

1. Open a Web browser, then in the address field, type the printer IP address.

• View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers

separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.

• If you are using a proxy server, to load the Web page correctly, disable the proxy server temporarily.

2. Click SSeettttiinnggss >> DDeevviiccee >> NNoottiiffiiccaattiioonnss.

3. From the Supplies menu, click CCuussttoomm SSuuppppllyy NNoottiiffiiccaattiioonnss.

The Custom Supply Notification screen appears. This screen shows all of the supply notification options that

you can configure.

4. To configure each supply notification, click the name of the supply to expand its pane, then select the

notifications that you want.

5. When you are finished, click SSaavvee.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 269

Maintain the Printer

Setting up e-mail alerts

Configure the printer to send e-mail alerts when supplies are low, when paper must be changed or added, or when

there is a paper jam.

1. Open a web browser, and then type the printer IP address in the address field.

• View the printer IP address on the printer home screen. The IP address appears as four sets of numbers

separated by periods, such as 123.123.123.123.

• If you are using a proxy server, then temporarily disable it to load the web page correctly.

2. Click SSeettttiinnggss >DDeevviiccee >NNoottiiffiiccaattiioonnss >EE--mmaaiill AAlleerrtt SSeettuupp, and then configure the settings.

Note: For more information on SMTP settings, contact your e-mail provider.

3. Click SSeettuupp EE--mmaaiill LLiissttss aanndd AAlleerrttss, and then configure the settings.

4. Apply the changes.

270 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Maintain the Printer

Viewing reports

1. From the home screen, touch SSeettttiinnggss >RReeppoorrttss.

2. Select the report that you want to view.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 271

Maintain the Printer

Ordering supplies

To view and order supplies for your printer, go to https://www.xerox.com/supplies, then enter your product in the

search field.

Note: All life estimates for printer supplies assume printing on letter- or A4-size plain paper.

WWaarrnniinngg:: Failure to maintain optimum printer performance, or to replace parts and supplies, may cause

damage to your printer.

USING GENUINE XEROX SUPPLIES

Your Xerox printer is designed to function best with genuine Xerox supplies. Use of third-party supplies can affect

the performance, reliability, or life of the printer and its imaging components. It can also affect warranty coverage.

Damage caused by the use of third-party supplies is not covered by the warranty.

All life indicators are designed to function with Xerox supplies and can deliver unpredictable results if third-party

supplies are used. Imaging component usage beyond the intended life can damage your Xerox printer or

associated components.

WWaarrnniinngg:: Supplies without Return Program agreement terms can be reset and remanufactured. However,

the manufacturer’s warranty does not cover any damage caused by non-genuine supplies. Resetting

counters on the supply without proper remanufacturing can cause damage to your printer. After resetting

the supply counter, your printer may display an error indicating the presence of the reset item.

272 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Maintain the Printer

Replacing supplies

REPLACING A TONER CARTRIDGE

1. Open door B until it clicks into place.

WWaarrnniinngg——PPootteennttiiaall DDaammaaggee:: To prevent damage from electrostatic discharge, touch any exposed

metal frame of the printer before accessing or touching interior areas of the printer.

2. Remove the used toner cartridge.

3. Unpack the new toner cartridge.

4. Insert the new toner cartridge.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 273

Maintain the Printer

5. Close door B.

REPLACING THE WASTE TONER BOTTLE

1. Open door B until it clicks into place.

WWaarrnniinngg:: To prevent damage from electrostatic discharge, touch any exposed metal frame of the printer

before accessing or touching interior areas of the printer.

2. Open door A.

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——HHOOTT SSUURRFFAACCEE:: The inside of the printer might be hot. To reduce the risk of injury from a

hot component, allow the surface to cool before touching it.

274 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Maintain the Printer

3. Remove the right side cover.

4. Remove the used waste toner bottle.

Note: To avoid spilling the toner, place the bottle in an upright position.

5. Unpack the new waste toner bottle.

6. Insert the new waste toner bottle.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 275

Maintain the Printer

7. Insert the right side cover.

8. Close door B.

9. Close door A.

REPLACING AN IMAGING KIT

1. Open door B until it clicks into place.

WWaarrnniinngg:: To prevent damage from electrostatic discharge, touch any exposed metal frame of the printer

before accessing or touching interior areas of the printer.

276 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Maintain the Printer

2. Open door A.

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——HHOOTT SSUURRFFAACCEE:: The inside of the printer might be hot. To reduce the risk of injury from a

hot component, allow the surface to cool before touching it.

3. Remove the right side cover.

4. Remove the waste toner bottle.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 277

Maintain the Printer

5. Remove the toner cartridges.

6. Remove the used imaging kit.

7. Unpack the new imaging kit.

BBLLAACCKK IIMMAAGGIINNGG KKIITT BBLLAACCKK AANNDD CCOOLLOORR IIMMAAGGIINNGG KKIITT

• The black imaging kit includes the black imaging unit and the imaging unit tray.

• The black and color imaging kit includes the black, cyan, magenta, and yellow imaging units and the

imaging unit tray.

278 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Maintain the Printer

• When replacing the black imaging kit, save the cyan, magenta, and yellow imaging units from the used

imaging unit tray.

8. Remove the packing material.

Note: If you are replacing the black imaging kit, insert the magenta, cyan, and yellow imaging units into the

new imaging unit tray.

WWaarrnniinngg:: Do not expose the imaging kit to direct light. Extended exposure to light may cause print

quality problems.

WWaarrnniinngg:: Do not touch the photoconductor drum. Doing so may affect the quality of future print jobs.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 279

Maintain the Printer

9. Insert the imaging unit tray until it is fully seated.

10. Insert the toner cartridges.

11. Insert the waste toner bottle.

280 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Maintain the Printer

12. Insert the right side cover.

13. Close door B.

14. Close door A.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 281

Maintain the Printer

Cleaning printer parts

CLEANING THE PRINTER

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electrical shock when cleaning the exterior of the

printer, unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet and disconnect all cables from the printer before

proceeding.

• Perform this task after every few months.

• Damage to the printer caused by improper handling is not covered by the printer warranty.

1. Turn off the printer, then unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet.

2. Remove paper from the standard bin and multipurpose feeder.

3. Remove any dust, lint, and pieces of paper around the printer using a soft brush or vacuum.

4. Wipe the outside of the printer with a damp, soft, lint-free cloth.

• Do not use household cleaners or detergents, as they may damage the finish of the printer.

• Make sure that all areas of the printer are dry after cleaning.

5. Connect the power cord to the electrical outlet, then turn on the printer.

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: To avoid the risk of fire or electrical shock, connect the power cord

to an appropriately rated and properly grounded electrical outlet that is near the product and easily

accessible.

CLEANING THE TOUCH SCREEN

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——SSHHOOCCKK HHAAZZAARRDD:: To avoid the risk of electric shock when cleaning the exterior of the

printer, unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet and disconnect all cables from the printer before

proceeding.

1. Turn off the printer, and then unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet.

2. Using a damp, soft, lint-free cloth, wipe the touch screen.

• Do not use household cleaners or detergents, as they may damage the touch screen.

• Make sure that the touch screen is dry after cleaning.

3. Connect the power cord to the electrical outlet, and then turn on the printer.

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: To avoid the risk of fire or electrical shock, connect the power cord

to an appropriately rated and properly grounded electrical outlet that is near the product and easily

accessible.

282 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Maintain the Printer

CLEANING THE SCANNER

1. Open the scanner cover.

2. Using a damp, soft, lint-free cloth, wipe the following areas:

a. ADF glass pad

b. Scanner glass pad

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 283

Maintain the Printer

c. ADF glass

d. Scanner glass

3. Close the scanner cover.

If your printer has another ADF glass inside door C, then continue with the following steps.

4. Open door C.

5. Using a damp, soft, lint-free cloth, wipe the following areas:

a. ADF glass pad in door C

b. ADF glass in door C

284 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Maintain the Printer

6. Close the door.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 285

Maintain the Printer

Saving energy and paper

CONFIGURING THE POWER SAVE MODE SETTINGS

Sleep Mode

1. From the control panel, navigate to: SSeettttiinnggss >> DDeevviiccee >> PPoowweerr MMaannaaggeemmeenntt >> TTiimmeeoouuttss >> SSlleeeepp MMooddee

2. Enter the amount of time that the printer stays idle before it enters Sleep mode.

Hibernate mode

1. From the control panel, navigate to: SSeettttiinnggss >> DDeevviiccee >> PPoowweerr MMaannaaggeemmeenntt >> TTiimmeeoouuttss >> HHiibbeerrnnaattee

MMooddee

2. Select the amount of time before the printer enters Hibernate mode.

• Make sure to wake the printer from Hibernate mode before sending a print job.

• To wake the printer from Hibernate mode, press the power button.

• The Embedded Web Server is disabled when the printer is in Hibernate mode.

ADJUSTING THE BRIGHTNESS OF THE DISPLAY

Note: This setting is available only in some printer models.

1. From the control panel, navigate to:

SSeettttiinnggss >> DDeevviiccee >> PPrreeffeerreenncceess

2. In the Screen Brightness menu, adjust the setting.

CONSERVING SUPPLIES

• Print on both sides of the paper.

Note: Two-sided printing is the default setting in the print driver.

• Print multiple pages on a single sheet of paper.

• Use the preview feature to see how the document looks like before printing it.

• Print one copy of the document to check its content and format for accuracy.

286 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Maintain the Printer

Moving the printer

MOVING THE PRINTER TO ANOTHER LOCATION

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: If the printer weight is greater than 20kg (44lb), then it requires

two or more trained personnel to lift it safely.

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: To avoid the risk of fire or electrical shock, use only the power cord

provided with this product or the manufacturer's authorized replacement.

CCAAUUTTIIOONN——PPOOTTEENNTTIIAALL IINNJJUURRYY:: When moving the printer, follow these guidelines to avoid personal

injury or printer damage:

• Make sure that all doors and trays are closed.

• Turn off the printer, then unplug the power cord from the electrical outlet.

• Disconnect all cords and cables from the printer.

• If the printer has separate floor-standing optional trays or output options attached to it, then disconnect them

before moving the printer.

• If the printer has a caster base, then carefully roll it to the new location. Use caution when passing over

thresholds and breaks in flooring.

• If the printer does not have a caster base but is configured with optional trays or output options, then remove

the output options and lift the printer off the trays. Do not try to lift the printer and any options at the same

time.

• Always use the hand holds on the printer to lift it.

• Any cart used to move the printer must have a surface able to support the full footprint of the printer.

• Any cart used to move the hardware options must have a surface able to support the dimensions of the options.

• Keep the printer in an upright position.

• Avoid severe jarring movements.

• Make sure that your fingers are not under the printer when you set it down.

• Make sure that there is adequate clearance around the printer.

Note: Damage to the printer caused by improper moving is not covered by the printer warranty.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 287

Maintain the Printer

288 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Maintain the Printer

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 289

Troubleshooting

This chapter contains:

Network connection problems..............................................................................................................290

Hardware options problems.................................................................................................................293

Printing problems...............................................................................................................................296

Issues with supplies............................................................................................................................331

Paper feed problems...........................................................................................................................333

Color quality problems........................................................................................................................348

Faxing problems ................................................................................................................................351

Scanning problems.............................................................................................................................356

Contacting customer support...............................................................................................................361

Network connection problems

CANNOT OPEN EMBEDDED WEB SERVER

AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO

SStteepp 11

Check if the printer is on.

Is the printer on?

Go to step 2. Turn on the printer.

SStteepp 22

Make sure that the printer IP

address is correct.

View the printer IP address:

• From the home screen

• From the TCP/IP section in the

Network/Ports menu

• By printing a network setup

page or menu settings page,

then finding the TCP/IP section

An IP address appears as four sets

of numbers separated by periods,

such as 123.123.123.123.

Is the printer IP address correct?

Go to step 3. Type the correct printer IP address

in the address field.

SStteepp 33

Check if you are using a supported

browser:

• Internet Explorer®version 11 or

later

• Microsoft Edge™

• Safari version 6 or later

• Google Chrome™version 32 or

later

• Mozilla Firefox version 24 or

later

Is your browser supported?

Go to step 4. Install a supported browser.

SStteepp 44

Check if the network connection is

working.

Is the network connection working?

Go to step 5. Contact your administrator.

290 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Troubleshooting

AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO

SStteepp 55

Make sure that the cable

connections to the printer and print

server is secure. For more

information, see the documentation

that came with the printer.

Are the cable connections secure?

Go to step 6. Secure the cable connections.

SStteepp 66

Check if the web proxy servers are

disabled.

Are the web proxy servers disabled?

Go to step 7. Contact your administrator.

SStteepp 77

Access the Embedded Web Server.

Did the Embedded Web Server

open?

The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.

UNABLE TO READ FLASH DRIVE

AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO

SStteepp 11

Check if the printer is not busy

processing another print, copy,

scan, or fax job.

Is the printer ready?

Go to step 2. Wait for the printer to finish

processing the other job.

SStteepp 22

Check if the flash drive is inserted

into the front USB port.

The flash drive does not work when

it is inserted into the rear USB port.

Is the flash drive inserted into the

correct port?

Go to step 3. Insert the flash drive into the

correct port.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 291

Troubleshooting

AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO

SStteepp 33

Check if the flash drive is supported.

For more information, refer to

Supported flash drives and file

types.

Is the flash drive supported?

Go to step 4. Insert a supported flash drive.

SStteepp 44

1 Check if the USB port is

enabled. For more information,

refer to Enabling the USB port.

2 Remove, then insert the flash

drive.

Does the printer recognize the flash

drive?

The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.

ENABLING THE USB PORT

From the control panel, navigate to:

SSeettttiinnggss >NNeettwwoorrkk//PPoorrttss >UUSSBB >EEnnaabbllee UUSSBB PPoorrtt

CHECKING THE PRINTER CONNECTIVITY

1. Print the Network Setup Page.

From the control panel, navigate to:

SSeettttiinnggss >RReeppoorrttss >NNeettwwoorrkk >NNeettwwoorrkk SSeettuupp PPaaggee

2. Check the first section of the page and confirm that the status is connected.

If the status is not connected, then the LAN drop may be inactive or the network cable may be unplugged or

malfunctioning. Contact your administrator for assistance.

292 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Troubleshooting

Hardware options problems

CANNOT DETECT INTERNAL OPTION

AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO

SStteepp 11

Turn off the printer, wait for about

10 seconds, then turn on the

printer.

Does the internal option operate

correctly?

The problem is solved. Go to step 2.

SStteepp 22

Print the Menu Settings Page, then

check if the internal option appears

in the Installed Features list.

Is the internal option listed in the

menu settings page?

Go to step 4. Go to step 3.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 293

Troubleshooting

AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO

SStteepp 33

Check if the internal option is

installed properly into the controller

board.

1 Turn off the printer, then unplug

the power cord from the

electrical outlet.

2 Make sure that the internal

option is installed in the

appropriate connector in the

controller board.

3 Connect the power cord to the

electrical outlet, then turn on

the printer.

To avoid the risk of fire or

electrical shock, connect the

power cord to an appropriately

rated and properly grounded

electrical outlet that is near the

product and easily accessible.

Does the internal option operate

correctly?

The problem is solved. Go to step 4.

SStteepp 44

1 Check if the internal option is

available in the print driver.

If necessary, manually add the

internal option in the print driver

to make it available for print

jobs. For more information, refer

to Adding available options in

the print driver.

2 Resend the print job.

Does the internal option operate

correctly?

The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.

DEFECTIVE FLASH DETECTED

Try one or more of the following:

• Replace the defective flash memory.

• From the printer control panel, select CCoonnttiinnuuee to ignore the message and continue printing.

294 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Troubleshooting

• Cancel the current print job.

NOT ENOUGH FREE SPACE IN FLASH MEMORY FOR RESOURCES

Try one or more of the following:

• From the printer control panel, select CCoonnttiinnuuee to clear the message and continue printing.

• Delete fonts, macros, and other data stored in the flash memory.

• Install flash memory with larger capacity.

Note: Downloaded fonts and macros that are not previously stored in the flash memory are deleted.

UNFORMATTED FLASH DETECTED

Try one or more of the following:

• From the control panel, select CCoonnttiinnuuee to stop the defragmentation and continue printing.

• Format the flash memory.

Note: If the error message remains, then the flash memory may be defective and needs to be replaced.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 295

Troubleshooting

Printing problems

PRINT QUALITY IS POOR

Blank or white pages

Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to

SSeettttiinnggss >> TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >> PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to

navigate through the settings.

AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO

1 Remove, then insert the imaging

kit.

Do not expose the imaging kit

to direct light. Extended

exposure to light may cause

print quality problems.

Do not touch the

photoconductor drum under the

imaging kit. Doing so may

affect the quality of future print

jobs.

2 Print the document.

Is the printer printing blank or white

pages?

Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.

Dark print

296 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Troubleshooting

Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to

SSeettttiinnggss >> TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >> PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to

navigate through the settings.

AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO

SStteepp 11

1 Perform Color Adjust.

From the control panel, navigate

to:

SSeettttiinnggss >PPrriinntt >QQuuaalliittyy >

AAddvvaanncceedd IImmaaggiinngg >CCoolloorr

AAddjjuusstt

2 Print the document.

Is the print too dark?

Go to step 2. The problem is solved.

SStteepp 22

1 Depending on your operating

system, reduce toner darkness

from the Printing Preferences or

Print dialog.

You can also change the setting

on the printer control panel.

Navigate to:

SSeettttiinnggss >PPrriinntt >QQuuaalliittyy >>

TToonneerr DDaarrkknneessss

2 Print the document.

Is the print too dark?

Go to step 3. The problem is solved.

SStteepp 33

1 Depending on your operating

system, specify the paper type

from the Printing Preferences or

Print dialog.

• Make sure that the setting

matches the paper loaded.

• You can also change the

setting on the printer control

panel. Navigate to:

SSeettttiinnggss >PPaappeerr >TTrraayy

CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >PPaappeerr SSiizzee//

TTyyppee

2 Print the document.

Is the print too dark?

Go to step 4. The problem is solved.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 297

Troubleshooting

AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO

SStteepp 44

Check if the paper has texture or

rough finishes.

Are you printing on textured or

rough paper?

Go to step 5. Go to step 6.

SStteepp 55

1 Replace textured or rough paper

with plain paper.

2 Print the document.

Is the print too dark?

Go to step 6. The problem is solved.

SStteepp 66

1 Load paper from a fresh

package.

Paper absorbs moisture due to

high humidity. Store paper in its

original wrapper until you are

ready to use it.

2 Print the document.

Is the print too dark?

Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.

Ghost images

Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to

SSeettttiinnggss >> TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >> PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to

navigate through the settings.

298 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Troubleshooting

AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO

SStteepp 11

1 Load the tray with the correct

paper type.

2 Print the document.

Do ghost images appear on prints?

Go to step 2. The problem is solved.

SStteepp 22

1 Depending on your operating

system, specify the paper type

from the Printing Preferences or

Print dialog.

• Make sure that the setting

matches the paper loaded.

• You can also change the

setting on the printer control

panel. Navigate to:

SSeettttiinnggss >PPaappeerr >TTrraayy

CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >PPaappeerr SSiizzee//

TTyyppee

2 Print the document.

Do ghost images appear on prints?

Go to step 3. The problem is solved.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 299

Troubleshooting

AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO

SStteepp 33

1 Perform Color Adjust.

From the control panel, navigate

to:

SSeettttiinnggss >PPrriinntt >QQuuaalliittyy >

AAddvvaanncceedd IImmaaggiinngg >CCoolloorr

AAddjjuusstt

2 Print the document.

Do ghost images appear on prints?

Go to step 4. The problem is solved.

SStteepp 44

1 Remove, then insert the imaging

kit.

Do not expose the imaging kit

to direct light. Extended

exposure to light may cause

print quality problems.

Do not touch the

photoconductor drum under the

imaging kit. Doing so may

affect the quality of future print

jobs.

2 Print the document.

Do ghost images appear on prints?

Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.

Gray or colored background

Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to

SSeettttiinnggss >> TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >> PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to

navigate through the settings.

300 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Troubleshooting

AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO

SStteepp 11

1 Perform Color Adjust.

From the control panel, navigate

to:

SSeettttiinnggss >PPrriinntt >QQuuaalliittyy >

AAddvvaanncceedd IImmaaggiinngg >CCoolloorr

AAddjjuusstt

2 Print the document.

Does gray or colored background

appear on prints?

Go to step 2. The problem is solved.

SStteepp 22

1 Remove, then insert the imaging

kit.

Do not expose the imaging kit

to direct light. Extended

exposure to light may cause

print quality problems.

Do not touch the

photoconductor drum under the

imaging kit. Doing so may

affect the quality of future print

jobs.

2 Print the document.

Does gray or colored background

appear on prints?

Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.

Incorrect margins

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 301

Troubleshooting

AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO

SStteepp 11

1 Adjust the paper guides to the

correct position for the paper

loaded.

2 Print the document.

Are the margins correct?

The problem is solved. Go to step 2.

SStteepp 22

1 Set the paper size from the

control panel. Navigate to:

SSeettttiinnggss >PPaappeerr >TTrraayy

CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >PPaappeerr SSiizzee//

TTyyppee

2 Print the document.

Are the margins correct?

The problem is solved. Go to step 3.

SStteepp 33

1 Depending on your operating

system, specify the paper size

from the Printing Preferences or

Print dialog.

Make sure that the setting

matches the paper loaded.

2 Print the document.

Are the margins correct?

The problem is solved. Contact Customer Support.

Light print

Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to

SSeettttiinnggss >> TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >> PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to

navigate through the settings.

302 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Troubleshooting

AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO

SStteepp 11

1 Perform Color Adjust.

From the control panel, navigate

to:

SSeettttiinnggss >PPrriinntt >QQuuaalliittyy >

AAddvvaanncceedd IImmaaggiinngg >CCoolloorr

AAddjjuusstt

2 Print the document.

Is the print light?

Go to step 2. The problem is solved.

SStteepp 22

1 Depending on your operating

system, increase toner darkness

from the Printing Preferences or

Print dialog.

You can also change the setting

on the printer control panel.

Navigate to:

SSeettttiinnggss >PPrriinntt >QQuuaalliittyy >

TToonneerr DDaarrkknneessss

2 Print the document.

Is the print light?

Go to step 3. The problem is solved.

SStteepp 33

1 Turn off Color Saver.

From the control panel, navigate

to:

SSeettttiinnggss >PPrriinntt >QQuuaalliittyy >

CCoolloorr SSaavveerr

2 Print the document.

Is the print light?

Go to step 4. The problem is solved.

SStteepp 44

1 Depending on your operating

system, specify the paper type

from the Printing Preferences or

Print dialog.

• Make sure that the setting

matches the paper loaded.

Go to step 5. The problem is solved.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 303

Troubleshooting

AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO

• You can also change the

setting on the printer control

panel. Navigate to:

SSeettttiinnggss >PPaappeerr >TTrraayy

CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >PPaappeerr SSiizzee//

TTyyppee

2 Print the document.

Is the print light?

SStteepp 55

Check if paper has texture or rough

finishes.

Are you printing on textured or

rough paper?

Go to step 6. Go to step 7.

SStteepp 66

1 Replace textured or rough paper

with plain paper.

2 Print the document.

Is the print light?

Go to step 7. The problem is solved.

304 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Troubleshooting

AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO

SStteepp 77

1 Load paper from a fresh

package.

Paper absorbs moisture due to

high humidity. Store paper in its

original wrapper until you are

ready to use it.

2 Print the document.

Is the print light?

Go to step 8. The problem is solved.

SStteepp 88

1 Remove, then insert the imaging

kit.

Do not expose the imaging kit

to direct light. Extended

exposure to light may cause

print quality problems.

Do not touch the

photoconductor drum under the

imaging kit. Doing so may

affect the quality of future print

jobs.

2 Print the document.

Is the print light?

Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.

Missing colors

Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to

SSeettttiinnggss >> TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >> PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to

navigate through the settings.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 305

Troubleshooting

AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO

1 Remove the toner cartridge of

the missing color.

2 Remove the imaging kit.

Do not expose the imaging kit

to direct light. Extended

exposure to light may cause

print quality problems.

Do not touch the

photoconductor drum under the

imaging kit. Doing so may

affect the quality of future print

jobs.

3 Remove, then insert the

developer unit of the missing

color.

4 Insert the imaging kit.

5 Insert the toner cartridge.

6 Print the document.

Are some colors missing on prints?

Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.

Mottled print and dots

Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to

SSeettttiinnggss >> TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >> PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to

navigate through the settings.

AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO

SStteepp 11

Check the printer for leaked toner

contamination.

Is the printer free of leaked toner?

Go to step 2. Contact Customer Support.

SStteepp 22

1 From the control panel, navigate

to:

Go to step 4. Go to step 3.

306 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Troubleshooting

AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO

SSeettttiinnggss >PPaappeerr >TTrraayy

CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >PPaappeerr SSiizzee//

TTyyppee

2 Check if the paper size and

paper type settings match the

paper loaded.

Make sure that paper does not

have texture or rough finishes.

Do the settings match?

SStteepp 33

1 Depending on your operating

system, specify the paper size

and paper type from the

Printing Preferences or Print

dialog.

Make sure that the settings

match the paper loaded.

2 Print the document.

Is the print mottled?

Go to step 4. The problem is solved.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 307

Troubleshooting

AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO

SStteepp 44

1 Load paper from a fresh

package.

Paper absorbs moisture due to

high humidity. Store paper in its

original wrapper until you are

ready to use it.

2 Print the document.

Is the print mottled?

Go to step 5. The problem is solved.

SStteepp 55

1 Remove, then insert the imaging

kit.

Do not expose the imaging kit

to direct light. Extended

exposure to light may cause

print quality problems.

Do not touch the

photoconductor drum under the

imaging kit. Doing so may

affect the quality of future print

jobs.

2 Print the document.

Is the print mottled?

Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.

Paper curl

308 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Troubleshooting

AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO

SStteepp 11

1 Adjust the guides in the tray to

the correct position for the

paper loaded.

2 Print the document.

Is the paper curled?

Go to step 2. The problem is solved.

SStteepp 22

1 Depending on your operating

system, specify the paper type

from the Printing Preferences or

Print dialog.

• Make sure that the setting

matches the paper loaded.

• You can also change the

setting on the printer control

panel. Navigate to:

SSeettttiinnggss >PPaappeerr >TTrraayy

CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >PPaappeerr SSiizzee//

TTyyppee

2 Print the document.

Is the paper curled?

Go to step 3. The problem is solved.

SStteepp 33

Print on the other side of the paper.

1 Remove paper, flip it over, then

reload paper.

2 Print the document.

Is the paper curled?

Go to step 4. The problem is solved.

SStteepp 44

1 Load paper from a fresh

package.

Paper absorbs moisture due to

high humidity. Store paper in its

original wrapper until you are

ready to use it.

2 Print the document.

Is the paper curled?

Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 309

Troubleshooting

Print crooked or skewed

Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to

SSeettttiinnggss >> TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >> PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to

navigate through the settings.

AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO

SStteepp 11

1 Adjust the paper guides in the

tray to the correct position for

the paper loaded.

2 Print the document.

Is the print crooked or skewed?

Go to step 2. The problem is solved.

SStteepp 22

1 Load paper from a fresh

package.

Paper absorbs moisture due to

high humidity. Store paper in its

original wrapper until you are

ready to use it.

2 Print the document.

Is the print crooked or skewed?

Go to step 3. The problem is solved.

SStteepp 33

1 Check if the paper loaded is

supported.

If paper is not supported, then

load a supported paper.

2 Print the document.

Is the print crooked or skewed?

Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.

310 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Troubleshooting

Solid color or black images

Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to

SSeettttiinnggss >> TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >> PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to

navigate through the settings.

AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO

1 Remove, then reinstall the

imaging kit.

Do not expose the imaging kit

to direct light. Extended

exposure to light may cause

print quality problems.

Do not touch the

photoconductor drum under the

imaging kit. Doing so may

affect the quality of future print

jobs.

2 Print the document.

Is the printer printing solid color or

black images?

Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.

Text or images cut off

Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to

SSeettttiinnggss >> TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >> PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to

navigate through the settings.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 311

Troubleshooting

AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO

SStteepp 11

1 Adjust the paper guides in the

tray to the correct position for

the paper loaded.

2 Print the document.

Are text or images cut off?

Go to step 2. The problem is solved.

SStteepp 22

1 Depending on your operating

system, specify the paper size

from the Printing Preferences or

Print dialog.

• Make sure that the setting

matches the paper loaded.

• You can also change the

setting on the printer control

panel. Navigate to:

SSeettttiinnggss >PPaappeerr >TTrraayy

CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >PPaappeerr SSiizzee//

TTyyppee

2 Print the document.

Are text or images cut off?

Go to step 3. The problem is solved.

SStteepp 33

1 Remove, then insert the imaging

kit.

Do not expose the imaging kit

to direct light. Extended

exposure to light may cause

print quality problems.

Do not touch the

photoconductor drum under the

imaging kit. Doing so may

affect the quality of future print

jobs.

2 Print the document.

Are text or images cut off?

Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.

312 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Troubleshooting

Toner easily rubs off

Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to

SSeettttiinnggss >> TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >> PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to

navigate through the settings.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 313

Troubleshooting

AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO

SStteepp 11

1 Depending on your operating

system, specify the paper type

from the Printing Preferences or

Print dialog.

• Make sure that the setting

matches the paper loaded.

• You can also change the

setting on the printer control

panel. Navigate to:

SSeettttiinnggss >PPaappeerr >TTrraayy

CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >PPaappeerr SSiizzee//

TTyyppee

2 Print the document.

Does toner easily rub off?

Go to step 2. The problem is solved.

SStteepp 22

1 Check if the paper weight is

supported.

If paper weight is not

supported, then load a

supported one.

2 Print the document.

Does toner easily rub off?

Go to step 3. The problem is solved.

SStteepp 33

1 Load paper from a fresh

package.

Paper absorbs moisture due to

high humidity. Store paper in its

original wrapper until you are

ready to use it.

2 Print the document.

Does toner easily rub off?

Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.

314 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Troubleshooting

Uneven print density

Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to

SSeettttiinnggss >> TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >> PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to

navigate through the settings.

AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO

1 Remove, then insert the imaging

kit.

Do not expose the imaging kit

to direct light. Extended

exposure to light may cause

print quality problems.

Do not touch the

photoconductor drum under the

imaging kit. Doing so may

affect the quality of future print

jobs.

2 Print the document.

Is the print density uneven?

Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.

Horizontal dark lines

Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to

SSeettttiinnggss >> TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >> PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to

navigate through the settings.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 315

Troubleshooting

AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO

SStteepp 11

1 Depending on your operating

system, specify the paper type

from the Printing Preferences or

Print dialog.

• Make sure that the setting

matches the paper loaded.

• You can also change the

setting on the printer control

panel. Navigate to:

SSeettttiinnggss >PPaappeerr >TTrraayy

CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >PPaappeerr SSiizzee//

TTyyppee

2 Print the document.

Do dark lines appear on prints?

Go to step 2. The problem is solved.

SStteepp 22

1 Load paper from a fresh

package.

Paper absorbs moisture due to

high humidity. Store paper in its

original wrapper until you use it.

2 Print the document.

Do dark lines appear on prints?

Go to step 3. The problem is solved.

SStteepp 33

1 Remove, then insert the imaging

kit.

Do not expose the imaging kit

to direct light. Extended

exposure to light may cause

print quality problems.

Do not touch the

photoconductor drum under the

imaging kit. Doing so may

affect the quality of future print

jobs.

2 Print the document.

Do dark lines appear on prints?

Contact Contact Support. The problem is solved.

316 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Troubleshooting

Vertical dark lines

Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to

SSeettttiinnggss >> TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >> PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to

navigate through the settings.

AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO

SStteepp 11

Using a blank sheet of paper, make

a two-sided copy using the ADF.

Do vertical dark lines or streaks

appear on prints?

Go to step 2. Go to step 3.

SStteepp 22

Using a damp, soft, lint-free cloth,

wipe the following areas:

• ADF glass pad (A) and ADF glass

(B)

• ADF glass pad (A) and ADF glass

(B) in door C

Do vertical dark lines or streaks

Go to step 3. The problem is solved.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 317

Troubleshooting

AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO

appear on prints?

SStteepp 33

1 Depending on your operating

system, specify the paper type

from the Printing Preferences or

Print dialog.

• Make sure that the setting

matches the paper loaded.

• You can also change the

setting on the printer control

panel. Navigate to:

SSeettttiinnggss >PPaappeerr >TTrraayy

CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >PPaappeerr SSiizzee//

TTyyppee

2 Print the document.

Do vertical dark lines or streaks

appear on prints?

Go to step 4. The problem is solved.

318 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Troubleshooting

AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO

SStteepp 44

1 Load paper from a fresh

package.

Paper absorbs moisture due to

high humidity. Store paper in its

original wrapper until you use it.

2 Print the document.

Do vertical dark lines or streaks

appear on prints?

Go to step 5. The problem is solved.

SStteepp 55

1 Remove, then insert the imaging

kit.

Do not expose the imaging kit

to direct light. Extended

exposure to light can cause print

quality problems.

Do not touch the

photoconductor drum under the

imaging kit. Doing so may

affect the quality of future print

jobs.

2 Print the document.

Do vertical dark lines or streaks

appear on prints?

Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.

Horizontal white lines

Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to

SSeettttiinnggss >> TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >> PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to

navigate through the settings.

• If horizontal white lines keep appearing on your prints, refer to Repeating defects topic.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 319

Troubleshooting

AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO

SStteepp 11

1 Depending on your operating

system, specify the paper type

from the Printing Preferences or

Print dialog.

• Make sure that the setting

matches the paper loaded.

• You can also change the

setting on the printer control

panel. Navigate to:

SSeettttiinnggss >PPaappeerr >TTrraayy

CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >PPaappeerr SSiizzee//

TTyyppee

2 Print the document.

Do horizontal white lines appear on

prints?

Go to step 2. The problem is solved.

SStteepp 22

1 Remove, then insert the imaging

kit.

Do not expose the imaging kit

to direct light. Extended

exposure to light can cause print

quality problems.

Do not touch the

photoconductor drum under the

imaging kit. Doing so may

affect the quality of future print

jobs.

2 Print the document.

Do horizontal white lines appear on

prints?

Contact Customer Support. The problem is solved.

Vertical white lines

320 Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide

Troubleshooting

Note: Before solving the problem, print the Print Quality Test Pages. From the control panel, navigate to

SSeettttiinnggss >> TTrroouubblleesshhoooottiinngg >> PPrriinntt QQuuaalliittyy TTeesstt PPaaggeess. For non-touch-screen printer models, press OOKK to

navigate through the settings.

Xerox®C315 Color Multifunction Printer User Guide 321

Troubleshooting

AACCTTIIOONN YYEESS NNOO

SStteepp 11

1 Depending on your operating

system, specify the paper type

from the Printing Preferences or

Print dialog.

• Make sure that the setting

matches the paper loaded.

• You can also change the

setting on the printer control

panel. Navigate to:

SSeettttiinnggss >PPaappeerr >TTrraayy

CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn >PPaappeerr SSiizzee//

TTyyppee

2 Print the document.

Do vertical white lines appear on

prints?

Go to step 2. The problem is solved.

SStteepp 22

Check if you are using the

Table of Contents

Xerox C315V/DNIUK User Manual

Related Manuals